1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-psinfo.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean
assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*);
53 static bfd_boolean
prep_headers (bfd
*);
54 static bfd_boolean
swap_out_syms (bfd
*, struct bfd_strtab_hash
**, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean
elf_read_notes (bfd
*, file_ptr
, bfd_size_type
) ;
56 static bfd_boolean
elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd
*abfd
,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef
*src
,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*dst
)
70 dst
->vd_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
);
71 dst
->vd_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
);
72 dst
->vd_ndx
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
);
73 dst
->vd_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
);
74 dst
->vd_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
);
75 dst
->vd_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
);
76 dst
->vd_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd
*abfd
,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef
*src
,
84 Elf_External_Verdef
*dst
)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_version
, dst
->vd_version
);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_flags
, dst
->vd_flags
);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_ndx
, dst
->vd_ndx
);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vd_cnt
, dst
->vd_cnt
);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_hash
, dst
->vd_hash
);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_aux
, dst
->vd_aux
);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vd_next
, dst
->vd_next
);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux
*src
,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*dst
)
102 dst
->vda_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
);
103 dst
->vda_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*src
,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux
*dst
)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_name
, dst
->vda_name
);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vda_next
, dst
->vda_next
);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd
*abfd
,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed
*src
,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*dst
)
124 dst
->vn_version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
);
125 dst
->vn_cnt
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
);
126 dst
->vn_file
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
);
127 dst
->vn_aux
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
);
128 dst
->vn_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd
*abfd
,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed
*src
,
136 Elf_External_Verneed
*dst
)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_version
, dst
->vn_version
);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vn_cnt
, dst
->vn_cnt
);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_file
, dst
->vn_file
);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_aux
, dst
->vn_aux
);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vn_next
, dst
->vn_next
);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd
*abfd
,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux
*src
,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*dst
)
152 dst
->vna_hash
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
);
153 dst
->vna_flags
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
);
154 dst
->vna_other
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
);
155 dst
->vna_name
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
);
156 dst
->vna_next
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd
*abfd
,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*src
,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux
*dst
)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_hash
, dst
->vna_hash
);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_flags
, dst
->vna_flags
);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vna_other
, dst
->vna_other
);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_name
, dst
->vna_name
);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, src
->vna_next
, dst
->vna_next
);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd
*abfd
,
177 const Elf_External_Versym
*src
,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym
*dst
)
180 dst
->vs_vers
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd
*abfd
,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym
*src
,
188 Elf_External_Versym
*dst
)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, src
->vs_vers
, dst
->vs_vers
);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg
)
199 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
204 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
207 if ((g
= (h
& 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h
& 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg
)
224 const unsigned char *name
= (const unsigned char *) namearg
;
225 unsigned long h
= 5381;
228 while ((ch
= *name
++) != '\0')
229 h
= (h
<< 5) + h
+ ch
;
230 return h
& 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd
*abfd
,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id
)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size
>= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
));
241 abfd
->tdata
.any
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, object_size
);
242 if (abfd
->tdata
.any
== NULL
)
245 elf_object_id (abfd
) = object_id
;
246 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata
*o
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof *o
);
251 elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
= o
;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = (bfd_size_type
) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd
*abfd
)
261 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata
),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd
*abfd
)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd
->xvec
->_bfd_set_format
[(int) bfd_object
] (abfd
))
272 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
!= NULL
;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
280 bfd_byte
*shstrtab
= NULL
;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize
;
284 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
286 || shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
)
287 || i_shdrp
[shindex
] == 0)
290 shstrtab
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
;
291 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_offset
;
295 shstrtabsize
= i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize
+ 1 <= 1
300 || (shstrtab
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, shstrtabsize
+ 1)) == NULL
301 || bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab
, shstrtabsize
, abfd
) != shstrtabsize
)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call
)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated
);
308 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
309 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
310 the string table over and over. */
311 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->sh_size
= 0;
314 shstrtab
[shstrtabsize
] = '\0';
315 i_shdrp
[shindex
]->contents
= shstrtab
;
317 return (char *) shstrtab
;
321 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd
*abfd
,
322 unsigned int shindex
,
323 unsigned int strindex
)
325 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
330 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
) == NULL
|| shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
333 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
335 if (hdr
->contents
== NULL
336 && bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd
, shindex
) == NULL
)
339 if (strindex
>= hdr
->sh_size
)
341 unsigned int shstrndx
= elf_elfheader(abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
342 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
343 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
344 abfd
, strindex
, (unsigned long) hdr
->sh_size
,
345 (shindex
== shstrndx
&& strindex
== hdr
->sh_name
347 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shstrndx
, hdr
->sh_name
)));
351 return ((char *) hdr
->contents
) + strindex
;
354 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
355 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
356 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
357 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
358 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
359 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
360 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
363 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd
*ibfd
,
364 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
367 Elf_Internal_Sym
*intsym_buf
,
369 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*extshndx_buf
)
371 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shndx_hdr
;
373 const bfd_byte
*esym
;
374 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*alloc_extshndx
;
375 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*shndx
;
376 Elf_Internal_Sym
*alloc_intsym
;
377 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
378 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
379 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
384 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
390 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
392 if (symtab_hdr
== &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_hdr
)
393 shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (ibfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
395 /* Read the symbols. */
397 alloc_extshndx
= NULL
;
399 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
400 extsym_size
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
401 amt
= symcount
* extsym_size
;
402 pos
= symtab_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* extsym_size
;
403 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
)
405 alloc_ext
= bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, extsym_size
);
406 extsym_buf
= alloc_ext
;
408 if (extsym_buf
== NULL
409 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
410 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
416 if (shndx_hdr
== NULL
|| shndx_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
420 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
421 pos
= shndx_hdr
->sh_offset
+ symoffset
* sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
422 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
)
424 alloc_extshndx
= (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
*)
425 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
426 extshndx_buf
= alloc_extshndx
;
428 if (extshndx_buf
== NULL
429 || bfd_seek (ibfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
430 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf
, amt
, ibfd
) != amt
)
437 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
439 alloc_intsym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*)
440 bfd_malloc2 (symcount
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym
));
441 intsym_buf
= alloc_intsym
;
442 if (intsym_buf
== NULL
)
446 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
447 isymend
= intsym_buf
+ symcount
;
448 for (esym
= (const bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
, isym
= intsym_buf
,
449 shndx
= extshndx_buf
;
451 esym
+= extsym_size
, isym
++, shndx
= shndx
!= NULL
? shndx
+ 1 : NULL
)
452 if (!(*bed
->s
->swap_symbol_in
) (ibfd
, esym
, shndx
, isym
))
454 symoffset
+= (esym
- (bfd_byte
*) extsym_buf
) / extsym_size
;
455 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
456 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
457 ibfd
, (unsigned long) symoffset
);
458 if (alloc_intsym
!= NULL
)
465 if (alloc_ext
!= NULL
)
467 if (alloc_extshndx
!= NULL
)
468 free (alloc_extshndx
);
473 /* Look up a symbol name. */
475 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd
*abfd
,
476 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
477 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
481 unsigned int iname
= isym
->st_name
;
482 unsigned int shindex
= symtab_hdr
->sh_link
;
484 if (iname
== 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
485 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
486 && isym
->st_shndx
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
488 iname
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[isym
->st_shndx
]->sh_name
;
489 shindex
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
;
492 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shindex
, iname
);
495 else if (sym_sec
&& *name
== '\0')
496 name
= bfd_section_name (abfd
, sym_sec
);
501 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
502 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
505 typedef union elf_internal_group
{
506 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
;
508 } Elf_Internal_Group
;
510 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
511 signature just a string? */
514 group_signature (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ghdr
)
516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
517 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
518 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
519 Elf_Internal_Sym isym
;
521 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
522 that it is a symbol table section. */
523 if (ghdr
->sh_link
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
525 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) [ghdr
->sh_link
];
526 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
527 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, ghdr
->sh_link
))
530 /* Go read the symbol. */
531 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
532 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, hdr
, 1, ghdr
->sh_info
,
533 &isym
, esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
536 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd
, hdr
, &isym
, NULL
);
539 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
542 setup_group (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*newsect
)
544 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
546 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
547 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
550 unsigned int i
, shnum
;
552 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
553 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
554 shnum
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
557 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
558 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
559 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
560 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
561 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
563 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
565 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
567 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
573 num_group
= (unsigned) -1;
574 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
578 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
579 so we can find them quickly. */
582 elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
= num_group
;
583 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**)
584 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_group
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
585 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
== NULL
)
589 for (i
= 0; i
< shnum
; i
++)
591 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
593 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr
, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
596 Elf_Internal_Group
*dest
;
598 /* Add to list of sections. */
599 elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[num_group
] = shdr
;
602 /* Read the raw contents. */
603 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest
) >= 4);
604 amt
= shdr
->sh_size
* sizeof (*dest
) / 4;
605 shdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *)
606 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
, sizeof (*dest
) / 4);
607 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
608 if (shdr
->contents
== NULL
)
611 (_("%B: Corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd
, shdr
->sh_size
);
612 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
616 memset (shdr
->contents
, 0, amt
);
618 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, shdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
619 || (bfd_bread (shdr
->contents
, shdr
->sh_size
, abfd
)
623 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
624 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
625 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
627 src
= shdr
->contents
+ shdr
->sh_size
;
628 dest
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) (shdr
->contents
+ amt
);
635 idx
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, src
);
636 if (src
== shdr
->contents
)
639 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
&& (idx
& GRP_COMDAT
))
640 shdr
->bfd_section
->flags
641 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
646 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
647 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd
));
650 dest
->shdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[idx
];
657 if (num_group
!= (unsigned) -1)
661 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
663 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
664 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
665 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
667 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
668 section is a member. */
670 if ((++idx
)->shdr
== hdr
)
674 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
675 other members to see if any others are linked via
677 idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
678 n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
680 if ((s
= (++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
681 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
685 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
686 insert current section in circular list. */
687 elf_group_name (newsect
) = elf_group_name (s
);
688 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = elf_next_in_group (s
);
689 elf_next_in_group (s
) = newsect
;
695 gname
= group_signature (abfd
, shdr
);
698 elf_group_name (newsect
) = gname
;
700 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
701 elf_next_in_group (newsect
) = newsect
;
704 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
706 if (shdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
707 elf_next_in_group (shdr
->bfd_section
) = newsect
;
715 if (elf_group_name (newsect
) == NULL
)
717 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
724 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd
*abfd
)
727 unsigned int num_group
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->num_group
;
728 bfd_boolean result
= TRUE
;
731 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
732 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
734 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
;
735 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
737 unsigned int elfsec
= this_hdr
->sh_link
;
738 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
739 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
740 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
743 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
744 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
745 bed
->link_order_error_handler
746 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
751 asection
*linksec
= NULL
;
753 if (elfsec
< elf_numsections (abfd
))
755 this_hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
];
756 linksec
= this_hdr
->bfd_section
;
760 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
761 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
764 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
765 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
766 s
->owner
, s
, elfsec
);
770 elf_linked_to_section (s
) = linksec
;
775 /* Process section groups. */
776 if (num_group
== (unsigned) -1)
779 for (i
= 0; i
< num_group
; i
++)
781 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->group_sect_ptr
[i
];
782 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) shdr
->contents
;
783 unsigned int n_elt
= shdr
->sh_size
/ 4;
786 if ((++idx
)->shdr
->bfd_section
)
787 elf_sec_group (idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) = shdr
->bfd_section
;
788 else if (idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
789 || idx
->shdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
790 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
791 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
792 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
793 relocation sections are in section group in input object
795 shdr
->bfd_section
->size
-= 4;
798 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
799 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
800 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
802 (unsigned int) idx
->shdr
->sh_type
,
803 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
,
804 (elf_elfheader (abfd
)
807 shdr
->bfd_section
->name
);
815 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, const asection
*sec
)
817 return elf_next_in_group (sec
) != NULL
;
820 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
821 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
824 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
825 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
831 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
833 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
836 newsect
= bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd
, name
);
840 hdr
->bfd_section
= newsect
;
841 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_hdr
= *hdr
;
842 elf_section_data (newsect
)->this_idx
= shindex
;
844 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
845 elf_section_type (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_type
;
846 elf_section_flags (newsect
) = hdr
->sh_flags
;
848 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
850 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_addr
)
851 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd
, newsect
, hdr
->sh_size
)
852 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, newsect
,
853 bfd_log2 (hdr
->sh_addralign
)))
856 flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
857 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
858 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
859 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
860 flags
|= SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
;
861 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
864 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
867 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) == 0)
868 flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
869 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
871 else if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
873 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_MERGE
) != 0)
876 newsect
->entsize
= hdr
->sh_entsize
;
877 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_STRINGS
) != 0)
878 flags
|= SEC_STRINGS
;
880 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_GROUP
)
881 if (!setup_group (abfd
, hdr
, newsect
))
883 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0)
884 flags
|= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
;
885 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
886 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
888 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
890 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
891 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
898 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'n')
899 p
= ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n
= 17;
900 else if (name
[1] == 'g' && name
[2] == 'd')
901 p
= ".gdb_index", n
= 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
902 else if (name
[1] == 'l')
904 else if (name
[1] == 's')
906 else if (name
[1] == 'z')
907 p
= ".zdebug", n
= 7;
910 if (p
!= NULL
&& strncmp (name
, p
, n
) == 0)
911 flags
|= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
915 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
916 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
917 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
918 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
919 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
920 all but one of the sections. */
921 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gnu.linkonce")
922 && elf_next_in_group (newsect
) == NULL
)
923 flags
|= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
925 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
926 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_flags
)
927 if (! bed
->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags
, hdr
))
930 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, newsect
, flags
))
933 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
934 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
935 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
936 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOTE
)
940 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, newsect
, &contents
))
943 elf_parse_notes (abfd
, (char *) contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, -1);
947 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
949 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdr
;
950 unsigned int i
, nload
;
952 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
953 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
954 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
955 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
956 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
957 for (nload
= 0, i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
958 if (phdr
->p_paddr
!= 0)
960 else if (phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& phdr
->p_memsz
!= 0)
962 if (i
>= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
&& nload
> 1)
965 phdr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
966 for (i
= 0; i
< elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
; i
++, phdr
++)
968 if (((phdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
969 && (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
970 || phdr
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
971 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr
, phdr
))
973 if ((flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
974 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
975 + hdr
->sh_addr
- phdr
->p_vaddr
);
977 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
978 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
979 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
980 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
981 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
982 segment will contain sections with contiguous
983 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
984 newsect
->lma
= (phdr
->p_paddr
985 + hdr
->sh_offset
- phdr
->p_offset
);
987 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
988 offsets whether a section with zero size should
989 be placed at the end of one segment or the
990 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
991 if (hdr
->sh_addr
>= phdr
->p_vaddr
992 && (hdr
->sh_addr
+ hdr
->sh_size
993 <= phdr
->p_vaddr
+ phdr
->p_memsz
))
999 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1000 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1001 if ((flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
)
1002 && ((name
[1] == 'd' && name
[6] == '_')
1003 || (name
[1] == 'z' && name
[7] == '_')))
1005 enum { nothing
, compress
, decompress
} action
= nothing
;
1008 if (bfd_is_section_compressed (abfd
, newsect
))
1010 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1011 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_DECOMPRESS
))
1012 action
= decompress
;
1016 /* Normal section. Check if we should compress. */
1017 if ((abfd
->flags
& BFD_COMPRESS
) && newsect
->size
!= 0)
1027 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1029 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1030 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1036 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1038 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 2);
1039 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1043 memcpy (new_name
+ 2, name
+ 1, len
);
1047 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd
, newsect
))
1049 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1050 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1056 unsigned int len
= strlen (name
);
1058 new_name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
1059 if (new_name
== NULL
)
1062 memcpy (new_name
+ 1, name
+ 2, len
- 1);
1066 if (new_name
!= NULL
)
1067 bfd_rename_section (abfd
, newsect
, new_name
);
1073 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names
[] = {
1074 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1075 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1076 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1079 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1080 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1081 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1082 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1083 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1084 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1085 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1086 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1087 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1089 bfd_reloc_status_type
1090 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1091 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
1093 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1094 asection
*input_section
,
1096 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1098 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
1099 && (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
1100 && (! reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
1101 || reloc_entry
->addend
== 0))
1103 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
1104 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
1107 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
1110 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1114 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
1116 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1117 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
1120 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
1122 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
1123 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
1126 elf_gp (obfd
) = elf_gp (ibfd
);
1128 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1129 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] =
1130 elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
];
1132 /* Copy object attributes. */
1133 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
1138 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type
)
1143 case PT_NULL
: pt
= "NULL"; break;
1144 case PT_LOAD
: pt
= "LOAD"; break;
1145 case PT_DYNAMIC
: pt
= "DYNAMIC"; break;
1146 case PT_INTERP
: pt
= "INTERP"; break;
1147 case PT_NOTE
: pt
= "NOTE"; break;
1148 case PT_SHLIB
: pt
= "SHLIB"; break;
1149 case PT_PHDR
: pt
= "PHDR"; break;
1150 case PT_TLS
: pt
= "TLS"; break;
1151 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
: pt
= "EH_FRAME"; break;
1152 case PT_GNU_STACK
: pt
= "STACK"; break;
1153 case PT_GNU_RELRO
: pt
= "RELRO"; break;
1154 default: pt
= NULL
; break;
1159 /* Print out the program headers. */
1162 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *farg
)
1164 FILE *f
= (FILE *) farg
;
1165 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
1167 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
= NULL
;
1169 p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
1174 fprintf (f
, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1175 c
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
1176 for (i
= 0; i
< c
; i
++, p
++)
1178 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (p
->p_type
);
1183 sprintf (buf
, "0x%lx", p
->p_type
);
1186 fprintf (f
, "%8s off 0x", pt
);
1187 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_offset
);
1188 fprintf (f
, " vaddr 0x");
1189 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_vaddr
);
1190 fprintf (f
, " paddr 0x");
1191 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_paddr
);
1192 fprintf (f
, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p
->p_align
));
1193 fprintf (f
, " filesz 0x");
1194 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_filesz
);
1195 fprintf (f
, " memsz 0x");
1196 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, p
->p_memsz
);
1197 fprintf (f
, " flags %c%c%c",
1198 (p
->p_flags
& PF_R
) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1199 (p
->p_flags
& PF_W
) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1200 (p
->p_flags
& PF_X
) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1201 if ((p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
)) != 0)
1202 fprintf (f
, " %lx", p
->p_flags
&~ (unsigned) (PF_R
| PF_W
| PF_X
));
1207 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1210 unsigned int elfsec
;
1211 unsigned long shlink
;
1212 bfd_byte
*extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1214 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1216 fprintf (f
, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1218 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &dynbuf
))
1221 elfsec
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, s
);
1222 if (elfsec
== SHN_BAD
)
1224 shlink
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elfsec
]->sh_link
;
1226 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1227 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1230 extdynend
= extdyn
+ s
->size
;
1231 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1233 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1234 const char *name
= "";
1236 bfd_boolean stringp
;
1237 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1239 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1241 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1248 if (bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
)
1249 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_get_target_dtag
) (dyn
.d_tag
);
1251 if (!strcmp (name
, ""))
1253 sprintf (ab
, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn
.d_tag
);
1258 case DT_NEEDED
: name
= "NEEDED"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1259 case DT_PLTRELSZ
: name
= "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1260 case DT_PLTGOT
: name
= "PLTGOT"; break;
1261 case DT_HASH
: name
= "HASH"; break;
1262 case DT_STRTAB
: name
= "STRTAB"; break;
1263 case DT_SYMTAB
: name
= "SYMTAB"; break;
1264 case DT_RELA
: name
= "RELA"; break;
1265 case DT_RELASZ
: name
= "RELASZ"; break;
1266 case DT_RELAENT
: name
= "RELAENT"; break;
1267 case DT_STRSZ
: name
= "STRSZ"; break;
1268 case DT_SYMENT
: name
= "SYMENT"; break;
1269 case DT_INIT
: name
= "INIT"; break;
1270 case DT_FINI
: name
= "FINI"; break;
1271 case DT_SONAME
: name
= "SONAME"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1272 case DT_RPATH
: name
= "RPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1273 case DT_SYMBOLIC
: name
= "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1274 case DT_REL
: name
= "REL"; break;
1275 case DT_RELSZ
: name
= "RELSZ"; break;
1276 case DT_RELENT
: name
= "RELENT"; break;
1277 case DT_PLTREL
: name
= "PLTREL"; break;
1278 case DT_DEBUG
: name
= "DEBUG"; break;
1279 case DT_TEXTREL
: name
= "TEXTREL"; break;
1280 case DT_JMPREL
: name
= "JMPREL"; break;
1281 case DT_BIND_NOW
: name
= "BIND_NOW"; break;
1282 case DT_INIT_ARRAY
: name
= "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1283 case DT_FINI_ARRAY
: name
= "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1284 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1285 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1286 case DT_RUNPATH
: name
= "RUNPATH"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1287 case DT_FLAGS
: name
= "FLAGS"; break;
1288 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1289 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ
: name
= "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1290 case DT_CHECKSUM
: name
= "CHECKSUM"; break;
1291 case DT_PLTPADSZ
: name
= "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1292 case DT_MOVEENT
: name
= "MOVEENT"; break;
1293 case DT_MOVESZ
: name
= "MOVESZ"; break;
1294 case DT_FEATURE
: name
= "FEATURE"; break;
1295 case DT_POSFLAG_1
: name
= "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1296 case DT_SYMINSZ
: name
= "SYMINSZ"; break;
1297 case DT_SYMINENT
: name
= "SYMINENT"; break;
1298 case DT_CONFIG
: name
= "CONFIG"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1299 case DT_DEPAUDIT
: name
= "DEPAUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1300 case DT_AUDIT
: name
= "AUDIT"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1301 case DT_PLTPAD
: name
= "PLTPAD"; break;
1302 case DT_MOVETAB
: name
= "MOVETAB"; break;
1303 case DT_SYMINFO
: name
= "SYMINFO"; break;
1304 case DT_RELACOUNT
: name
= "RELACOUNT"; break;
1305 case DT_RELCOUNT
: name
= "RELCOUNT"; break;
1306 case DT_FLAGS_1
: name
= "FLAGS_1"; break;
1307 case DT_VERSYM
: name
= "VERSYM"; break;
1308 case DT_VERDEF
: name
= "VERDEF"; break;
1309 case DT_VERDEFNUM
: name
= "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1310 case DT_VERNEED
: name
= "VERNEED"; break;
1311 case DT_VERNEEDNUM
: name
= "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1312 case DT_AUXILIARY
: name
= "AUXILIARY"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1313 case DT_USED
: name
= "USED"; break;
1314 case DT_FILTER
: name
= "FILTER"; stringp
= TRUE
; break;
1315 case DT_GNU_HASH
: name
= "GNU_HASH"; break;
1318 fprintf (f
, " %-20s ", name
);
1322 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, f
, dyn
.d_un
.d_val
);
1327 unsigned int tagv
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1329 string
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, shlink
, tagv
);
1332 fprintf (f
, "%s", string
);
1341 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
1342 || (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
))
1344 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd
, FALSE
))
1348 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
1350 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*t
;
1352 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1353 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vd_nextdef
)
1355 fprintf (f
, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t
->vd_ndx
,
1356 t
->vd_flags
, t
->vd_hash
,
1357 t
->vd_nodename
? t
->vd_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1358 if (t
->vd_auxptr
!= NULL
&& t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
!= NULL
)
1360 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*a
;
1363 for (a
= t
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nextptr
;
1367 a
->vda_nodename
? a
->vda_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1373 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
1375 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1377 fprintf (f
, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1378 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
; t
!= NULL
; t
= t
->vn_nextref
)
1380 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1382 fprintf (f
, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1383 t
->vn_filename
? t
->vn_filename
: "<corrupt>");
1384 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1385 fprintf (f
, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a
->vna_hash
,
1386 a
->vna_flags
, a
->vna_other
,
1387 a
->vna_nodename
? a
->vna_nodename
: "<corrupt>");
1399 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1402 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd
*abfd
,
1405 bfd_print_symbol_type how
)
1407 FILE *file
= (FILE *) filep
;
1410 case bfd_print_symbol_name
:
1411 fprintf (file
, "%s", symbol
->name
);
1413 case bfd_print_symbol_more
:
1414 fprintf (file
, "elf ");
1415 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, symbol
->value
);
1416 fprintf (file
, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol
->flags
);
1418 case bfd_print_symbol_all
:
1420 const char *section_name
;
1421 const char *name
= NULL
;
1422 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1423 unsigned char st_other
;
1426 section_name
= symbol
->section
? symbol
->section
->name
: "(*none*)";
1428 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1429 if (bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
)
1430 name
= (*bed
->elf_backend_print_symbol_all
) (abfd
, filep
, symbol
);
1434 name
= symbol
->name
;
1435 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd
, file
, symbol
);
1438 fprintf (file
, " %s\t", section_name
);
1439 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1440 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1441 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1442 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1443 if (symbol
->section
&& bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
1444 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
1446 val
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
1447 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd
, file
, val
);
1449 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1450 if (elf_dynversym (abfd
) != 0
1451 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0
1452 || elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0))
1454 unsigned int vernum
;
1455 const char *version_string
;
1457 vernum
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_VERSION
;
1460 version_string
= "";
1461 else if (vernum
== 1)
1462 version_string
= "Base";
1463 else if (vernum
<= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
)
1465 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[vernum
- 1].vd_nodename
;
1468 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*t
;
1470 version_string
= "";
1471 for (t
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
1475 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*a
;
1477 for (a
= t
->vn_auxptr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->vna_nextptr
)
1479 if (a
->vna_other
== vernum
)
1481 version_string
= a
->vna_nodename
;
1488 if ((((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->version
& VERSYM_HIDDEN
) == 0)
1489 fprintf (file
, " %-11s", version_string
);
1494 fprintf (file
, " (%s)", version_string
);
1495 for (i
= 10 - strlen (version_string
); i
> 0; --i
)
1500 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1501 st_other
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) symbol
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
1506 case STV_INTERNAL
: fprintf (file
, " .internal"); break;
1507 case STV_HIDDEN
: fprintf (file
, " .hidden"); break;
1508 case STV_PROTECTED
: fprintf (file
, " .protected"); break;
1510 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1512 fprintf (file
, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other
);
1515 fprintf (file
, " %s", name
);
1521 /* Allocate an ELF string table--force the first byte to be zero. */
1523 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*
1524 _bfd_elf_stringtab_init (void)
1526 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*ret
;
1528 ret
= _bfd_stringtab_init ();
1533 loc
= _bfd_stringtab_add (ret
, "", TRUE
, FALSE
);
1534 BFD_ASSERT (loc
== 0 || loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1);
1535 if (loc
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
1537 _bfd_stringtab_free (ret
);
1544 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1546 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1549 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int shindex
)
1551 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
1552 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*ehdr
;
1553 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
1556 if (shindex
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
1559 hdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
];
1560 ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1561 name
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, ehdr
->e_shstrndx
,
1566 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
1567 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
1570 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1573 case SHT_PROGBITS
: /* Normal section with contents. */
1574 case SHT_NOBITS
: /* .bss section. */
1575 case SHT_HASH
: /* .hash section. */
1576 case SHT_NOTE
: /* .note section. */
1577 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
: /* .init_array section. */
1578 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
: /* .fini_array section. */
1579 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
: /* .preinit_array section. */
1580 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1581 case SHT_GNU_HASH
: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1582 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1584 case SHT_DYNAMIC
: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1585 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1587 if (hdr
->sh_link
> elf_numsections (abfd
))
1589 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1590 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1591 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
1594 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
1595 if (hdr
->sh_link
== (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1596 || hdr
->sh_link
== ((SHN_LORESERVE
+ 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1598 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1603 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
] == NULL
)
1605 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_STRTAB
)
1607 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*dynsymhdr
;
1609 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1610 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1611 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1612 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) != 0)
1614 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)];
1615 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1619 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1621 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1622 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1624 dynsymhdr
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1625 if (dynsymhdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1627 hdr
->sh_link
= dynsymhdr
->sh_link
;
1635 case SHT_SYMTAB
: /* A symbol table */
1636 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1639 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1641 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1643 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1645 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1646 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1647 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1651 BFD_ASSERT (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1652 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1653 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1654 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
1655 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1657 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1658 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1659 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1660 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1661 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1663 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
1664 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
1665 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1669 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1670 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
1671 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
1672 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]->sh_link
!= shindex
)
1674 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1676 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1677 for (i
= shindex
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1679 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1680 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1681 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1685 for (i
= 1; i
< shindex
; i
++)
1687 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1688 if (hdr2
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
1689 && hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1693 return bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
);
1697 case SHT_DYNSYM
: /* A dynamic symbol table */
1698 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == shindex
)
1701 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
)
1703 if (hdr
->sh_info
* hdr
->sh_entsize
> hdr
->sh_size
)
1705 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1707 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1708 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1709 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1713 BFD_ASSERT (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0);
1714 elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) = shindex
;
1715 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1716 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
1717 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_SYMS
;
1719 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
1720 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
1721 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1723 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections */
1724 if (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == shindex
)
1727 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) == 0);
1728 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = shindex
;
1729 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
= *hdr
;
1730 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
1733 case SHT_STRTAB
: /* A string table */
1734 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
1736 if (ehdr
->e_shstrndx
== shindex
)
1738 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1739 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
1742 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1745 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1746 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
1749 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)]->sh_link
== shindex
)
1752 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
= *hdr
;
1753 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynstrtab_hdr
;
1754 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr
;
1755 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
1757 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1761 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
1762 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
1763 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
1764 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
1766 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
1768 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1769 for (i
= 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++)
1771 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
= elf_elfsections (abfd
)[i
];
1772 if (hdr2
->sh_link
== shindex
)
1774 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
1777 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, i
))
1779 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1781 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == i
)
1782 goto dynsymtab_strtab
;
1786 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1790 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
1792 asection
*target_sect
;
1793 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr2
, **p_hdr
;
1794 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
1795 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esdt
;
1799 != (bfd_size_type
) (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1800 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
: bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
))
1803 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
1804 if (hdr
->sh_link
>= num_sec
)
1806 ((*_bfd_error_handler
)
1807 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
1808 abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
, name
, shindex
));
1809 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1813 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
1814 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
1815 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
1816 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
1817 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
1818 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
1819 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
1821 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
1822 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0
1823 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_SYMTAB
1824 && elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
!= SHT_DYNSYM
)
1830 for (scan
= 1; scan
< num_sec
; scan
++)
1832 if (elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1833 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[scan
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1844 hdr
->sh_link
= found
;
1847 /* Get the symbol table. */
1848 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
1849 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_link
]->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
)
1850 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
))
1853 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
1854 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
1855 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
1856 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
1857 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
1858 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
1859 sh_link points to the null section. */
1860 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
1861 || hdr
->sh_link
== SHN_UNDEF
1862 || hdr
->sh_info
== SHN_UNDEF
1863 || hdr
->sh_info
>= num_sec
1864 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_REL
1865 || elf_elfsections (abfd
)[hdr
->sh_info
]->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1866 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1869 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
))
1871 target_sect
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
);
1872 if (target_sect
== NULL
)
1875 esdt
= elf_section_data (target_sect
);
1876 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1877 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rela
.hdr
;
1879 p_hdr
= &esdt
->rel
.hdr
;
1881 BFD_ASSERT (*p_hdr
== NULL
);
1882 amt
= sizeof (*hdr2
);
1883 hdr2
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
1888 elf_elfsections (abfd
)[shindex
] = hdr2
;
1889 target_sect
->reloc_count
+= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr
);
1890 target_sect
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
1891 target_sect
->relocation
= NULL
;
1892 target_sect
->rel_filepos
= hdr
->sh_offset
;
1893 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
1894 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
1895 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
1897 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
1898 target_sect
->use_rela_p
= 1;
1900 abfd
->flags
|= HAS_RELOC
;
1904 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
1905 elf_dynverdef (abfd
) = shindex
;
1906 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
= *hdr
;
1907 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1909 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
1910 if (hdr
->sh_entsize
!= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
))
1912 elf_dynversym (abfd
) = shindex
;
1913 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynversym_hdr
= *hdr
;
1914 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1916 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
1917 elf_dynverref (abfd
) = shindex
;
1918 elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
= *hdr
;
1919 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
1925 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr
, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
))
1927 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1929 if (hdr
->contents
!= NULL
)
1931 Elf_Internal_Group
*idx
= (Elf_Internal_Group
*) hdr
->contents
;
1932 unsigned int n_elt
= hdr
->sh_size
/ GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
1935 if (idx
->flags
& GRP_COMDAT
)
1936 hdr
->bfd_section
->flags
1937 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD
;
1939 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
1941 while (--n_elt
!= 0)
1945 if (idx
->shdr
!= NULL
1946 && (s
= idx
->shdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
1947 && elf_next_in_group (s
) != NULL
)
1949 elf_next_in_group (hdr
->bfd_section
) = s
;
1957 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
1958 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
1959 || hdr
->sh_type
== bed
->obj_attrs_section_type
)
1961 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1963 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd
, hdr
);
1967 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
1968 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1971 if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOUSER
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIUSER
)
1973 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
1974 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
1975 for applications? */
1976 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1977 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
1978 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
1979 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1981 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
1982 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
,
1985 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOPROC
1986 && hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIPROC
)
1987 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
1988 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
1989 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
1991 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
1992 else if (hdr
->sh_type
>= SHT_LOOS
&& hdr
->sh_type
<= SHT_HIOS
)
1994 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
1995 if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING
) != 0)
1996 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
1997 required to correctly process the section and the file should
1998 be rejected with an error message. */
1999 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2000 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2002 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2004 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2005 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
);
2008 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2009 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2010 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2011 abfd
, name
, hdr
->sh_type
);
2019 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2022 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache
*cache
,
2024 unsigned long r_symndx
)
2026 unsigned int ent
= r_symndx
% LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE
;
2028 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
|| cache
->indx
[ent
] != r_symndx
)
2030 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2031 unsigned char esym
[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym
)];
2032 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx
;
2034 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
2035 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, 1, r_symndx
,
2036 &cache
->sym
[ent
], esym
, &eshndx
) == NULL
)
2039 if (cache
->abfd
!= abfd
)
2041 memset (cache
->indx
, -1, sizeof (cache
->indx
));
2044 cache
->indx
[ent
] = r_symndx
;
2047 return &cache
->sym
[ent
];
2050 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2054 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int sec_index
)
2056 if (sec_index
>= elf_numsections (abfd
))
2058 return elf_elfsections (abfd
)[sec_index
]->bfd_section
;
2061 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b
[] =
2063 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2064 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2067 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c
[] =
2069 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2070 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2073 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d
[] =
2075 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2076 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2077 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2078 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2079 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2080 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2081 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2082 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2083 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2084 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2085 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2086 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2087 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2088 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2091 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f
[] =
2093 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2094 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2095 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2098 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g
[] =
2100 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2101 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_EXCLUDE
},
2102 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2103 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym
, 0 },
2104 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef
, 0 },
2105 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed
, 0 },
2106 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2107 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2108 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2109 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2112 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h
[] =
2114 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2115 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2118 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i
[] =
2120 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2121 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2122 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2123 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2126 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l
[] =
2128 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2129 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2132 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n
[] =
2134 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2135 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
2136 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2139 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p
[] =
2141 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
2142 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2143 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2146 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r
[] =
2148 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2149 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
2150 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA
, 0 },
2151 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL
, 0 },
2152 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2155 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s
[] =
2157 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2158 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2159 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB
, 0 },
2160 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2161 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2162 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB
, 0 },
2163 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2166 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t
[] =
2168 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
2169 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2170 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_TLS
},
2171 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2174 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z
[] =
2176 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2177 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2178 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2179 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, 0 },
2180 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2183 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
* const special_sections
[] =
2185 special_sections_b
, /* 'b' */
2186 special_sections_c
, /* 'c' */
2187 special_sections_d
, /* 'd' */
2189 special_sections_f
, /* 'f' */
2190 special_sections_g
, /* 'g' */
2191 special_sections_h
, /* 'h' */
2192 special_sections_i
, /* 'i' */
2195 special_sections_l
, /* 'l' */
2197 special_sections_n
, /* 'n' */
2199 special_sections_p
, /* 'p' */
2201 special_sections_r
, /* 'r' */
2202 special_sections_s
, /* 's' */
2203 special_sections_t
, /* 't' */
2209 special_sections_z
/* 'z' */
2212 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2213 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name
,
2214 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
,
2220 len
= strlen (name
);
2222 for (i
= 0; spec
[i
].prefix
!= NULL
; i
++)
2225 int prefix_len
= spec
[i
].prefix_length
;
2227 if (len
< prefix_len
)
2229 if (memcmp (name
, spec
[i
].prefix
, prefix_len
) != 0)
2232 suffix_len
= spec
[i
].suffix_length
;
2233 if (suffix_len
<= 0)
2235 if (name
[prefix_len
] != 0)
2237 if (suffix_len
== 0)
2239 if (name
[prefix_len
] != '.'
2240 && (suffix_len
== -2
2241 || (rela
&& spec
[i
].type
== SHT_REL
)))
2247 if (len
< prefix_len
+ suffix_len
)
2249 if (memcmp (name
+ len
- suffix_len
,
2250 spec
[i
].prefix
+ prefix_len
,
2260 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
2261 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2264 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*spec
;
2265 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2267 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2268 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
2271 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2272 spec
= bed
->special_sections
;
2275 spec
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
,
2276 bed
->special_sections
,
2282 if (sec
->name
[0] != '.')
2285 i
= sec
->name
[1] - 'b';
2286 if (i
< 0 || i
> 'z' - 'b')
2289 spec
= special_sections
[i
];
2294 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, spec
, sec
->use_rela_p
);
2298 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
2300 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
2301 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2302 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
2304 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) sec
->used_by_bfd
;
2307 sdata
= (struct bfd_elf_section_data
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
2311 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
2314 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2315 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2316 sec
->use_rela_p
= bed
->default_use_rela_p
;
2318 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2319 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2320 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2321 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2322 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2323 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2324 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2325 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2326 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2327 if (abfd
->direction
!= read_direction
2328 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0)
2330 ssect
= (*bed
->get_sec_type_attr
) (abfd
, sec
);
2333 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
2334 || ssect
->type
== SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2335 || ssect
->type
== SHT_FINI_ARRAY
))
2337 elf_section_type (sec
) = ssect
->type
;
2338 elf_section_flags (sec
) = ssect
->attr
;
2342 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
2345 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2347 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2348 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2349 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2350 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2352 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2353 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2354 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2355 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2356 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2357 of combined data+bss.
2359 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2360 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2361 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2362 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2363 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2368 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2369 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
,
2371 const char *type_name
)
2379 split
= ((hdr
->p_memsz
> 0)
2380 && (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2381 && (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
));
2383 if (hdr
->p_filesz
> 0)
2385 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "a" : "");
2386 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2387 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2390 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2391 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2392 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2394 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
;
2395 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
;
2396 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_filesz
;
2397 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
;
2398 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
2399 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (hdr
->p_align
);
2400 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2402 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2403 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_LOAD
;
2404 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2406 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2408 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2411 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2413 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2417 if (hdr
->p_memsz
> hdr
->p_filesz
)
2421 sprintf (namebuf
, "%s%d%s", type_name
, hdr_index
, split
? "b" : "");
2422 len
= strlen (namebuf
) + 1;
2423 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
2426 memcpy (name
, namebuf
, len
);
2427 newsect
= bfd_make_section (abfd
, name
);
2428 if (newsect
== NULL
)
2430 newsect
->vma
= hdr
->p_vaddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2431 newsect
->lma
= hdr
->p_paddr
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2432 newsect
->size
= hdr
->p_memsz
- hdr
->p_filesz
;
2433 newsect
->filepos
= hdr
->p_offset
+ hdr
->p_filesz
;
2434 align
= newsect
->vma
& -newsect
->vma
;
2435 if (align
== 0 || align
> hdr
->p_align
)
2436 align
= hdr
->p_align
;
2437 newsect
->alignment_power
= bfd_log2 (align
);
2438 if (hdr
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
2440 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2441 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2442 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2443 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2444 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2445 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2446 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
2448 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_ALLOC
;
2449 if (hdr
->p_flags
& PF_X
)
2450 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_CODE
;
2452 if (!(hdr
->p_flags
& PF_W
))
2453 newsect
->flags
|= SEC_READONLY
;
2460 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Phdr
*hdr
, int hdr_index
)
2462 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
2464 switch (hdr
->p_type
)
2467 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "null");
2470 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "load");
2473 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "dynamic");
2476 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "interp");
2479 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "note"))
2481 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd
, hdr
->p_offset
, hdr
->p_filesz
))
2486 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "shlib");
2489 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "phdr");
2491 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
:
2492 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
,
2496 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "stack");
2499 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "relro");
2502 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2503 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2504 return bed
->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd
, hdr
, hdr_index
, "proc");
2508 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2512 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection
*sec
)
2514 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
)
2516 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
== NULL
);
2517 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
2520 return elf_section_data (sec
)->rela
.hdr
;
2523 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2524 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2525 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2529 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
2530 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data
*reldata
,
2532 bfd_boolean use_rela_p
)
2534 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
2536 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2539 amt
= sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
);
2540 BFD_ASSERT (reldata
->hdr
== NULL
);
2541 rel_hdr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2542 reldata
->hdr
= rel_hdr
;
2544 amt
= sizeof ".rela" + strlen (asect
->name
);
2545 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2548 sprintf (name
, "%s%s", use_rela_p
? ".rela" : ".rel", asect
->name
);
2550 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), name
,
2552 if (rel_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2554 rel_hdr
->sh_type
= use_rela_p
? SHT_RELA
: SHT_REL
;
2555 rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
= (use_rela_p
2556 ? bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
2557 : bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
);
2558 rel_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
2559 rel_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
2560 rel_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2561 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2562 rel_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2567 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2570 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags
)
2572 if ((flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2573 && (flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
2575 return SHT_PROGBITS
;
2578 struct fake_section_arg
2580 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
;
2584 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2587 elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*asect
, void *fsarg
)
2589 struct fake_section_arg
*arg
= (struct fake_section_arg
*)fsarg
;
2590 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
2591 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*esd
= elf_section_data (asect
);
2592 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
2593 unsigned int sh_type
;
2597 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
2602 this_hdr
= &esd
->this_hdr
;
2604 this_hdr
->sh_name
= (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
2605 asect
->name
, FALSE
);
2606 if (this_hdr
->sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
2612 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
2614 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
2615 || asect
->user_set_vma
)
2616 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= asect
->vma
;
2618 this_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
2620 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= 0;
2621 this_hdr
->sh_size
= asect
->size
;
2622 this_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
2623 this_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << asect
->alignment_power
;
2624 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
2625 copy_private_section_data. */
2627 this_hdr
->bfd_section
= asect
;
2628 this_hdr
->contents
= NULL
;
2630 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
2632 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) != 0)
2633 sh_type
= SHT_GROUP
;
2635 sh_type
= bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect
->flags
);
2637 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NULL
)
2638 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2639 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
2640 && sh_type
== SHT_PROGBITS
2641 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2643 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
2644 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
2645 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
2646 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
2647 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
2648 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect
);
2649 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2652 switch (this_hdr
->sh_type
)
2658 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY
:
2659 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY
:
2660 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY
:
2667 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_hash_entry
;
2671 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
2675 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
2679 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rela_p
)
2680 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rela
;
2684 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->may_use_rel_p
)
2685 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_rel
;
2688 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
2689 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Versym
);
2692 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
2693 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2694 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2695 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
2697 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2698 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
;
2700 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
== 0
2701 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
);
2704 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
2705 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
2706 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
2707 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
2709 if (this_hdr
->sh_info
== 0)
2710 this_hdr
->sh_info
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
;
2712 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
== 0
2713 || this_hdr
->sh_info
== elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
);
2717 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= GRP_ENTRY_SIZE
;
2721 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->arch_size
== 64 ? 0 : 4;
2725 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
2726 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
2727 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
2728 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_WRITE
;
2729 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
2730 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXECINSTR
;
2731 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
) != 0)
2733 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MERGE
;
2734 this_hdr
->sh_entsize
= asect
->entsize
;
2735 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_STRINGS
) != 0)
2736 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_STRINGS
;
2738 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_GROUP
) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect
) != NULL
)
2739 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_GROUP
;
2740 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
2742 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_TLS
;
2743 if (asect
->size
== 0
2744 && (asect
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
2746 struct bfd_link_order
*o
= asect
->map_tail
.link_order
;
2748 this_hdr
->sh_size
= 0;
2751 this_hdr
->sh_size
= o
->offset
+ o
->size
;
2752 if (this_hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
2753 this_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_NOBITS
;
2757 if ((asect
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_EXCLUDE
)) == SEC_EXCLUDE
)
2758 this_hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_EXCLUDE
;
2760 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
2761 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
2762 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
2763 create the other. */
2764 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) != 0)
2766 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
2769 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
2770 && esd
->rel
.count
+ esd
->rela
.count
> 0
2771 && (arg
->link_info
->relocatable
|| arg
->link_info
->emitrelocations
))
2773 if (esd
->rel
.count
&& esd
->rel
.hdr
== NULL
2774 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rel
, asect
, FALSE
))
2779 if (esd
->rela
.count
&& esd
->rela
.hdr
== NULL
2780 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
, &esd
->rela
, asect
, TRUE
))
2786 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd
,
2788 ? &esd
->rela
: &esd
->rel
),
2794 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
2795 sh_type
= this_hdr
->sh_type
;
2796 if (bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
2797 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_fake_sections
) (abfd
, this_hdr
, asect
))
2800 if (sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
&& asect
->size
!= 0)
2802 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
2803 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
2804 this_hdr
->sh_type
= sh_type
;
2808 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
2809 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
2810 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
2811 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
2814 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, void *failedptrarg
)
2816 bfd_boolean
*failedptr
= (bfd_boolean
*) failedptrarg
;
2817 asection
*elt
, *first
;
2821 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
2823 if (((sec
->flags
& (SEC_GROUP
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)) != SEC_GROUP
)
2827 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== 0)
2829 unsigned long symindx
= 0;
2831 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
2833 if (elf_group_id (sec
) != NULL
)
2834 symindx
= elf_group_id (sec
)->udata
.i
;
2838 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
2839 elf_section_syms. */
2840 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd
) != NULL
);
2841 symindx
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[sec
->index
]->udata
.i
;
2843 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= symindx
;
2845 else if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
== (unsigned int) -2)
2847 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
2848 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
2849 set until all local symbols are output. */
2850 asection
*igroup
= elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec
));
2851 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*sec_data
= elf_section_data (igroup
);
2852 unsigned long symndx
= sec_data
->this_hdr
.sh_info
;
2853 unsigned long extsymoff
= 0;
2854 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2856 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup
->owner
))
2858 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2860 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (igroup
->owner
)->symtab_hdr
;
2861 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2863 h
= elf_sym_hashes (igroup
->owner
)[symndx
- extsymoff
];
2864 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2865 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2866 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2868 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.sh_info
= h
->indx
;
2871 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
2873 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2876 sec
->contents
= (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sec
->size
);
2878 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
2879 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= sec
->contents
;
2880 if (sec
->contents
== NULL
)
2887 loc
= sec
->contents
+ sec
->size
;
2889 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
2890 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
2891 start of the input section group. */
2892 first
= elt
= elf_next_in_group (sec
);
2894 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
2895 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
2896 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
2897 directives, not that it matters. */
2904 s
= s
->output_section
;
2906 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s
))
2908 unsigned int idx
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
2911 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, idx
, loc
);
2913 elt
= elf_next_in_group (elt
);
2918 if ((loc
-= 4) != sec
->contents
)
2921 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, sec
->flags
& SEC_LINK_ONCE
? GRP_COMDAT
: 0, loc
);
2924 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
2925 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
2926 in here too, while we're at it. */
2929 assign_section_numbers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
2931 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
2933 unsigned int section_number
, secn
;
2934 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
2935 struct bfd_elf_section_data
*d
;
2936 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
2940 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
2942 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
2943 if (link_info
== NULL
|| link_info
->relocatable
)
2945 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
2946 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2948 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2950 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_GROUP
)
2952 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
)
2954 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
2955 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, sec
);
2956 abfd
->section_count
--;
2959 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2964 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
2966 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
2968 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_GROUP
)
2969 d
->this_idx
= section_number
++;
2970 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->this_hdr
.sh_name
);
2973 d
->rel
.idx
= section_number
++;
2974 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2981 d
->rela
.idx
= section_number
++;
2982 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_name
);
2988 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
2989 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
2990 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shstrndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
2992 need_symtab
= (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
2993 || (link_info
== NULL
2994 && ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
2998 elf_onesymtab (abfd
) = section_number
++;
2999 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3000 if (section_number
> ((SHN_LORESERVE
- 2) & 0xFFFF))
3002 elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3003 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
3004 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3005 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE
);
3006 if (t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
3009 elf_strtab_sec (abfd
) = section_number
++;
3010 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd
), t
->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
);
3013 if (section_number
>= SHN_LORESERVE
)
3015 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3016 abfd
, section_number
);
3020 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3021 t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3023 elf_numsections (abfd
) = section_number
;
3024 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_shnum
= section_number
;
3026 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3028 i_shdrp
= (Elf_Internal_Shdr
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, section_number
,
3029 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*));
3030 if (i_shdrp
== NULL
)
3033 i_shdrp
[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3034 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr
));
3035 if (i_shdrp
[0] == NULL
)
3037 bfd_release (abfd
, i_shdrp
);
3041 elf_elfsections (abfd
) = i_shdrp
;
3043 i_shdrp
[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->shstrtab_hdr
;
3046 i_shdrp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_hdr
;
3047 if (elf_numsections (abfd
) > (SHN_LORESERVE
& 0xFFFF))
3049 i_shdrp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)] = &t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3050 t
->symtab_shndx_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3052 i_shdrp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)] = &t
->strtab_hdr
;
3053 t
->symtab_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
3056 for (sec
= abfd
->sections
; sec
; sec
= sec
->next
)
3061 d
= elf_section_data (sec
);
3063 i_shdrp
[d
->this_idx
] = &d
->this_hdr
;
3064 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3065 i_shdrp
[d
->rel
.idx
] = d
->rel
.hdr
;
3066 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3067 i_shdrp
[d
->rela
.idx
] = d
->rela
.hdr
;
3069 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3071 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3072 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3073 the relocation entries apply. */
3074 if (d
->rel
.idx
!= 0)
3076 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3077 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3078 d
->rel
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3080 if (d
->rela
.idx
!= 0)
3082 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3083 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_info
= d
->this_idx
;
3084 d
->rela
.hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3087 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3088 if ((d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
3090 s
= elf_linked_to_section (sec
);
3093 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3094 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
3096 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3097 if (discarded_section (s
))
3100 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3101 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3102 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
,
3104 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3105 size as the discarded one. */
3106 kept
= _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s
, link_info
);
3109 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3115 s
= s
->output_section
;
3116 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
3120 /* Handle objcopy. */
3121 if (s
->output_section
== NULL
)
3123 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3124 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3125 abfd
, d
->this_hdr
.bfd_section
, s
, s
->owner
);
3126 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3129 s
= s
->output_section
;
3131 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3136 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3137 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3138 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3140 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
3141 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3142 if (bed
->link_order_error_handler
)
3143 bed
->link_order_error_handler
3144 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3149 switch (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
)
3153 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3154 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3155 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3156 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3157 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3158 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3159 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3161 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3163 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3165 if (d
->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
)
3169 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
);
3172 d
->this_hdr
.sh_info
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3173 d
->this_hdr
.sh_flags
|= SHF_INFO_LINK
;
3178 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3179 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3180 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3181 field to point to this section. */
3182 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec
->name
, ".stab")
3183 && strcmp (sec
->name
+ strlen (sec
->name
) - 3, "str") == 0)
3188 len
= strlen (sec
->name
);
3189 alc
= (char *) bfd_malloc (len
- 2);
3192 memcpy (alc
, sec
->name
, len
- 3);
3193 alc
[len
- 3] = '\0';
3194 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, alc
);
3198 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
= d
->this_idx
;
3200 /* This is a .stab section. */
3201 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
== 0)
3202 elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
3203 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 8;
3210 case SHT_GNU_verneed
:
3211 case SHT_GNU_verdef
:
3212 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3213 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3215 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
3217 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3220 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST
:
3221 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3222 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3223 the version strings. */
3224 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
)
3225 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3227 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3232 case SHT_GNU_versym
:
3233 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3234 this hash table or version table is for. */
3235 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
3237 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_section_data (s
)->this_idx
;
3241 d
->this_hdr
.sh_link
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
3245 for (secn
= 1; secn
< section_number
; ++secn
)
3246 if (i_shdrp
[secn
] == NULL
)
3247 i_shdrp
[secn
] = i_shdrp
[0];
3249 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
= _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd
),
3250 i_shdrp
[secn
]->sh_name
);
3255 sym_is_global (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3257 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3258 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3259 if (bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
)
3260 return (*bed
->elf_backend_sym_is_global
) (abfd
, sym
);
3262 return ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
| BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)) != 0
3263 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym
))
3264 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym
)));
3267 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3268 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3271 ignore_section_sym (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
3273 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
3275 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0)
3278 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, sym
);
3279 return ((type_ptr
!= NULL
3280 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
3281 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3282 || !(sym
->section
->owner
== abfd
3283 || (sym
->section
->output_section
->owner
== abfd
3284 && sym
->section
->output_offset
== 0)
3285 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
)));
3288 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3289 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3292 elf_map_symbols (bfd
*abfd
, unsigned int *pnum_locals
)
3294 unsigned int symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
3295 asymbol
**syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
3296 asymbol
**sect_syms
;
3297 unsigned int num_locals
= 0;
3298 unsigned int num_globals
= 0;
3299 unsigned int num_locals2
= 0;
3300 unsigned int num_globals2
= 0;
3307 fprintf (stderr
, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3311 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3313 if (max_index
< asect
->index
)
3314 max_index
= asect
->index
;
3318 sect_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, max_index
, sizeof (asymbol
*));
3319 if (sect_syms
== NULL
)
3321 elf_section_syms (abfd
) = sect_syms
;
3322 elf_num_section_syms (abfd
) = max_index
;
3324 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3325 decided to output. */
3326 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3328 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3330 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0
3332 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
)
3333 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym
->section
))
3335 asection
*sec
= sym
->section
;
3337 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
)
3338 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
3340 sect_syms
[sec
->index
] = syms
[idx
];
3344 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3345 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3347 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3349 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, syms
[idx
]))
3353 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3354 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3355 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3356 at least in that case. */
3357 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3359 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3361 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, asect
->symbol
))
3368 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3369 new_syms
= (asymbol
**) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, num_locals
+ num_globals
,
3370 sizeof (asymbol
*));
3372 if (new_syms
== NULL
)
3375 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
3377 asymbol
*sym
= syms
[idx
];
3380 if (sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3381 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3382 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd
, sym
))
3387 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3389 for (asect
= abfd
->sections
; asect
; asect
= asect
->next
)
3391 if (sect_syms
[asect
->index
] == NULL
)
3393 asymbol
*sym
= asect
->symbol
;
3396 sect_syms
[asect
->index
] = sym
;
3397 if (!sym_is_global (abfd
, sym
))
3400 i
= num_locals
+ num_globals2
++;
3402 sym
->udata
.i
= i
+ 1;
3406 bfd_set_symtab (abfd
, new_syms
, num_locals
+ num_globals
);
3408 *pnum_locals
= num_locals
;
3412 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3413 ELF data structure. */
3415 static inline file_ptr
3416 align_file_position (file_ptr off
, int align
)
3418 return (off
+ align
- 1) & ~(align
- 1);
3421 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3422 required section alignment. */
3425 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr
*i_shdrp
,
3429 if (align
&& i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
> 1)
3430 offset
= BFD_ALIGN (offset
, i_shdrp
->sh_addralign
);
3431 i_shdrp
->sh_offset
= offset
;
3432 if (i_shdrp
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
3433 i_shdrp
->bfd_section
->filepos
= offset
;
3434 if (i_shdrp
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
3435 offset
+= i_shdrp
->sh_size
;
3439 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3440 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3441 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3444 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd
*abfd
,
3445 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
3447 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3448 struct fake_section_arg fsargs
;
3450 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*strtab
= NULL
;
3451 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shstrtab_hdr
;
3452 bfd_boolean need_symtab
;
3454 if (abfd
->output_has_begun
)
3457 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3458 if (bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
)
3459 (*bed
->elf_backend_begin_write_processing
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3461 if (! prep_headers (abfd
))
3464 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
3465 (*bed
->elf_backend_post_process_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
);
3467 fsargs
.failed
= FALSE
;
3468 fsargs
.link_info
= link_info
;
3469 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, elf_fake_sections
, &fsargs
);
3473 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd
, link_info
))
3476 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
3477 need_symtab
= (link_info
== NULL
3478 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) > 0
3479 || ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
| HAS_RELOC
))
3483 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
3484 int relocatable_p
= ! (abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
));
3486 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd
, &strtab
, relocatable_p
))
3491 if (link_info
== NULL
)
3493 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bfd_elf_set_group_contents
, &failed
);
3498 shstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
;
3499 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
3500 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
3501 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
3502 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
3503 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
3504 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
3505 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
3506 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
3507 /* sh_offset is set in assign_file_positions_except_relocs. */
3508 shstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
3510 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd
, link_info
))
3516 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
3518 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
3520 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
3521 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3523 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
3524 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
3525 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3527 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
3528 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
3530 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
3532 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
3534 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
3535 || ! _bfd_stringtab_emit (abfd
, strtab
))
3537 _bfd_stringtab_free (strtab
);
3540 abfd
->output_has_begun
= TRUE
;
3545 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
3546 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
3548 static bfd_size_type
3549 get_program_header_size (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3553 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3555 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
3556 and one for data. */
3559 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3560 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3562 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
3563 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
3564 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
3569 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
)
3571 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
3575 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
3577 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
3581 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
))
3583 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
3587 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
3589 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
3593 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3595 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3596 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
3598 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
3600 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
3601 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
3602 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
3603 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
3604 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
3605 so we check whether the sections are correctly
3607 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
3608 while (s
->next
!= NULL
3609 && s
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
3610 && (s
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
3611 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->next
->name
, ".note"))
3616 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3618 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3620 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
3626 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
3627 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3628 if (bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
)
3632 a
= (*bed
->elf_backend_additional_program_headers
) (abfd
, info
);
3638 return segs
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
3641 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
3644 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd
* abfd
, asection
* section
)
3646 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3647 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
3649 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
3655 for (i
= m
->count
- 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
3656 if (m
->sections
[i
] == section
)
3663 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
3665 static struct elf_segment_map
*
3666 make_mapping (bfd
*abfd
,
3667 asection
**sections
,
3672 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3677 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3678 amt
+= (to
- from
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
3679 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3683 m
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
3684 for (i
= from
, hdrpp
= sections
+ from
; i
< to
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3685 m
->sections
[i
- from
] = *hdrpp
;
3686 m
->count
= to
- from
;
3688 if (from
== 0 && phdr
)
3690 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
3691 m
->includes_filehdr
= 1;
3692 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3698 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
3701 struct elf_segment_map
*
3702 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*dynsec
)
3704 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3706 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
,
3707 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
));
3711 m
->p_type
= PT_DYNAMIC
;
3713 m
->sections
[0] = dynsec
;
3718 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
3721 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
3722 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3723 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load
)
3725 struct elf_segment_map
**m
;
3726 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3728 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
3729 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
3730 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
3731 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
3733 m
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
3736 unsigned int i
, new_count
;
3738 for (new_count
= 0, i
= 0; i
< (*m
)->count
; i
++)
3740 if (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3741 && (((*m
)->sections
[i
]->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3742 || (*m
)->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
))
3744 (*m
)->sections
[new_count
] = (*m
)->sections
[i
];
3748 (*m
)->count
= new_count
;
3750 if (remove_empty_load
&& (*m
)->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& (*m
)->count
== 0)
3756 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3757 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
!= NULL
)
3759 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_segment_map
) (abfd
, info
))
3766 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
3769 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3772 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
3773 asection
**sections
= NULL
;
3774 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
3775 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs
;
3777 no_user_phdrs
= elf_seg_map (abfd
) == NULL
;
3780 info
->user_phdrs
= !no_user_phdrs
;
3782 if (no_user_phdrs
&& bfd_count_sections (abfd
) != 0)
3786 struct elf_segment_map
*mfirst
;
3787 struct elf_segment_map
**pm
;
3790 unsigned int phdr_index
;
3791 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
3793 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment
= TRUE
;
3794 bfd_boolean writable
;
3796 asection
*first_tls
= NULL
;
3797 asection
*dynsec
, *eh_frame_hdr
;
3799 bfd_vma addr_mask
, wrap_to
= 0;
3801 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
3803 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd
),
3804 sizeof (asection
*));
3805 if (sections
== NULL
)
3808 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
3809 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
3811 addr_mask
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd
) - 1)) - 1;
3812 addr_mask
= (addr_mask
<< 1) + 1;
3815 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
3817 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
3821 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
3822 if (((s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
) < (s
->lma
& addr_mask
))
3823 wrap_to
= (s
->lma
+ s
->size
) & addr_mask
;
3826 BFD_ASSERT (i
<= bfd_count_sections (abfd
));
3829 qsort (sections
, (size_t) count
, sizeof (asection
*), elf_sort_sections
);
3831 /* Build the mapping. */
3836 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
3837 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
3839 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp");
3840 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
3842 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3843 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3847 m
->p_type
= PT_PHDR
;
3848 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
3849 m
->p_flags
= PF_R
| PF_X
;
3850 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
3851 m
->includes_phdrs
= 1;
3856 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
3857 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
3861 m
->p_type
= PT_INTERP
;
3869 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
3870 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
3871 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
3875 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
3877 dynsec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
3879 && (dynsec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) == 0)
3882 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
3883 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
3884 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
3885 program headers we will need. */
3888 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
3890 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
3891 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
3892 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
3893 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0
3894 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) < phdr_size
3895 || ((sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
) % maxpagesize
3896 < phdr_size
% maxpagesize
)
3897 || (sections
[0]->lma
& addr_mask
& -maxpagesize
) < wrap_to
)
3898 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
3901 for (i
= 0, hdrpp
= sections
; i
< count
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
3904 bfd_boolean new_segment
;
3908 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
3911 if (last_hdr
== NULL
)
3913 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
3914 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
3915 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3917 else if (last_hdr
->lma
- last_hdr
->vma
!= hdr
->lma
- hdr
->vma
)
3919 /* If this section has a different relation between the
3920 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
3924 else if (hdr
->lma
< last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
3925 || last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
< last_hdr
->lma
)
3927 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
3928 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
3931 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
3932 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
3933 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
3934 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
3935 section can be included in the current segment. */
3936 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3938 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
, maxpagesize
) + maxpagesize
3941 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
3942 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
3945 else if ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) == 0
3946 && (hdr
->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)) != 0)
3948 /* We don't want to put a loadable section after a
3949 nonloadable section in the same segment.
3950 Consider .tbss sections as loadable for this purpose. */
3953 else if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0)
3955 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
3956 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
3957 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
3958 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3961 && (hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0
3962 && (((last_hdr
->lma
+ last_size
- 1) & -maxpagesize
)
3963 != (hdr
->lma
& -maxpagesize
)))
3965 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
3966 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
3967 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
3968 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
3969 only case in which the new section is not on the same
3970 page as the previous section is when the previous section
3971 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
3976 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
3977 new_segment
= FALSE
;
3980 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
3981 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
3983 && info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment
!= NULL
)
3985 = info
->callbacks
->override_segment_assignment (info
, abfd
, hdr
,
3991 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
3994 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
3995 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
3996 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
3997 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4003 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4004 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4006 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4013 if ((hdr
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
4019 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4020 if ((hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4021 last_size
= hdr
->size
;
4025 phdr_in_segment
= FALSE
;
4028 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4030 if (last_hdr
!= NULL
4031 && (i
- phdr_index
!= 1
4032 || ((last_hdr
->flags
& (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
| SEC_LOAD
))
4033 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)))
4035 m
= make_mapping (abfd
, sections
, phdr_index
, i
, phdr_in_segment
);
4043 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4046 m
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd
, dynsec
);
4053 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4054 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4055 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4056 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4057 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4059 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
4061 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4062 && CONST_STRNEQ (s
->name
, ".note"))
4067 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4068 if (s
->alignment_power
== 2)
4069 for (s2
= s
; s2
->next
!= NULL
; s2
= s2
->next
)
4071 if (s2
->next
->alignment_power
== 2
4072 && (s2
->next
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
4073 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2
->next
->name
, ".note")
4074 && align_power (s2
->lma
+ s2
->size
, 2)
4080 amt
+= (count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4081 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4085 m
->p_type
= PT_NOTE
;
4089 m
->sections
[m
->count
- count
--] = s
;
4090 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4093 m
->sections
[m
->count
- 1] = s
;
4094 BFD_ASSERT ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0);
4098 if (s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
4106 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4109 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4110 amt
+= (tls_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
4111 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4116 m
->count
= tls_count
;
4117 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4119 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4121 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
; ++i
)
4123 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) == 0)
4126 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd
);
4129 while (i
< (unsigned int) tls_count
)
4131 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
4133 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s
);
4137 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s
);
4140 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4151 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4153 eh_frame_hdr
= elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd
);
4154 if (eh_frame_hdr
!= NULL
4155 && (eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
4157 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4158 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4162 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
;
4164 m
->sections
[0] = eh_frame_hdr
->output_section
;
4170 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd
))
4172 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4173 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4177 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_STACK
;
4178 m
->p_flags
= elf_stack_flags (abfd
);
4179 m
->p_align
= bed
->stack_align
;
4180 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4181 m
->p_align_valid
= m
->p_align
!= 0;
4182 if (info
->stacksize
> 0)
4184 m
->p_size
= info
->stacksize
;
4185 m
->p_size_valid
= 1;
4192 if (info
!= NULL
&& info
->relro
)
4194 for (m
= mfirst
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4196 if (m
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4198 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
>= info
->relro_start
4199 && m
->sections
[0]->vma
< info
->relro_end
)
4202 while (--i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4203 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4204 == (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
))
4207 if (i
!= (unsigned) -1)
4212 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4215 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
4216 m
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
4220 m
->p_type
= PT_GNU_RELRO
;
4222 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
4230 elf_seg_map (abfd
) = mfirst
;
4233 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd
, info
, no_user_phdrs
))
4236 for (count
= 0, m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4238 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = count
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4243 if (sections
!= NULL
)
4248 /* Sort sections by address. */
4251 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
4253 const asection
*sec1
= *(const asection
**) arg1
;
4254 const asection
*sec2
= *(const asection
**) arg2
;
4255 bfd_size_type size1
, size2
;
4257 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4258 place the section into a segment. */
4259 if (sec1
->lma
< sec2
->lma
)
4261 else if (sec1
->lma
> sec2
->lma
)
4264 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4265 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4266 if (sec1
->vma
< sec2
->vma
)
4268 else if (sec1
->vma
> sec2
->vma
)
4271 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4273 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4279 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4280 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4281 if (sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
!= 0)
4282 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4287 else if (TOEND (sec2
))
4292 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4293 before others at the same address. */
4295 size1
= (sec1
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec1
->size
: 0;
4296 size2
= (sec2
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) ? sec2
->size
: 0;
4303 return sec1
->target_index
- sec2
->target_index
;
4306 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4308 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4309 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4310 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4311 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4312 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4315 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4316 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4318 /* In other words, something like:
4320 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4321 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4322 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4323 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4325 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4327 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4330 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma
, ufile_ptr off
, bfd_vma maxpagesize
)
4332 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4333 if (maxpagesize
== 0)
4335 return ((vma
- off
) % maxpagesize
);
4339 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map
*m
)
4342 const char *pt
= get_segment_type (m
->p_type
);
4347 if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOPROC
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIPROC
)
4348 sprintf (buf
, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4349 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOPROC
));
4350 else if (m
->p_type
>= PT_LOOS
&& m
->p_type
<= PT_HIOS
)
4351 sprintf (buf
, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4352 (unsigned int) (m
->p_type
- PT_LOOS
));
4354 snprintf (buf
, sizeof (buf
), "%8.8x",
4355 (unsigned int) m
->p_type
);
4359 fprintf (stderr
, "%s:", pt
);
4360 for (j
= 0; j
< m
->count
; j
++)
4361 fprintf (stderr
, " %s", m
->sections
[j
]->name
);
4367 write_zeros (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr pos
, bfd_size_type len
)
4372 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
4374 buf
= bfd_zmalloc (len
);
4377 ret
= bfd_bwrite (buf
, len
, abfd
) == len
;
4382 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4383 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4387 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4388 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4390 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4391 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4392 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4393 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4395 bfd_size_type maxpagesize
;
4398 bfd_vma header_pad
= 0;
4400 if (link_info
== NULL
4401 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd
, link_info
))
4405 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4409 header_pad
= m
->header_size
;
4414 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4415 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4419 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4420 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phoff
= 0;
4421 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phentsize
= 0;
4424 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
= alloc
;
4426 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) == (bfd_size_type
) -1)
4427 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4429 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
)
4430 >= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
);
4434 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4438 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4439 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4440 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4441 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4442 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4444 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4445 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4446 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4447 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) % bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
4449 phdrs
= (Elf_Internal_Phdr
*)
4451 (elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
),
4452 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
4453 elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
= phdrs
;
4458 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4459 maxpagesize
= bed
->maxpagesize
;
4461 off
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4462 off
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4463 if (header_pad
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4469 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
, j
= 0;
4471 m
= m
->next
, p
++, j
++)
4475 bfd_boolean no_contents
;
4477 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
4478 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
4479 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
4480 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
4481 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
4483 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_type
== ET_CORE
4484 && m
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
))
4485 qsort (m
->sections
, (size_t) m
->count
, sizeof (asection
*),
4488 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
4489 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
4490 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
4491 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
4492 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
4493 p
->p_type
= m
->p_type
;
4494 p
->p_flags
= m
->p_flags
;
4499 p
->p_vaddr
= m
->sections
[0]->vma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4501 if (m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4502 p
->p_paddr
= m
->p_paddr
;
4503 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4506 p
->p_paddr
= m
->sections
[0]->lma
- m
->p_vaddr_offset
;
4508 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4509 && (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0)
4511 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
4512 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
4513 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
4514 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
4515 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
4516 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
4517 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
4519 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4520 maxpagesize
= m
->p_align
;
4522 p
->p_align
= maxpagesize
;
4524 else if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4525 p
->p_align
= m
->p_align
;
4526 else if (m
->count
== 0)
4527 p
->p_align
= 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
4531 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4533 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4536 bfd_size_type align
;
4537 unsigned int align_power
= 0;
4539 if (m
->p_align_valid
)
4543 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4545 unsigned int secalign
;
4547 secalign
= bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, *secpp
);
4548 if (secalign
> align_power
)
4549 align_power
= secalign
;
4551 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << align_power
;
4552 if (align
< maxpagesize
)
4553 align
= maxpagesize
;
4556 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4557 if ((m
->sections
[i
]->flags
& (SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
)) == 0)
4558 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
4559 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
4560 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
4561 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOBITS
;
4563 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
4566 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4567 if (elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) != SHT_NOBITS
)
4569 no_contents
= FALSE
;
4573 off_adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (p
->p_vaddr
, off
, align
);
4577 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
4578 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
4579 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
4580 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
4581 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
4582 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
4583 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
4584 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
4589 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
4590 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4591 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
4593 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") != 0)
4596 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
4598 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4601 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
4602 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
)
4603 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4604 elf_section_type (m
->sections
[i
]) = SHT_NOTE
;
4610 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4612 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4614 p
->p_filesz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4615 p
->p_memsz
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4618 if (p
->p_vaddr
< (bfd_vma
) off
)
4620 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4621 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
4623 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
4628 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4633 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4635 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4638 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
)
4640 p
->p_offset
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4644 p
->p_vaddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4645 if (!m
->p_paddr_valid
)
4646 p
->p_paddr
-= off
- p
->p_offset
;
4650 p
->p_filesz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4651 p
->p_memsz
+= alloc
* bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
4654 p
->p_filesz
+= header_pad
;
4655 p
->p_memsz
+= header_pad
;
4659 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4660 || (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
))
4662 if (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
)
4668 adjust
= off
- (p
->p_offset
+ p
->p_filesz
);
4670 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4671 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4675 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
4676 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
4677 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
4678 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
4679 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
4680 for (i
= 0, secpp
= m
->sections
; i
< m
->count
; i
++, secpp
++)
4683 bfd_size_type align
;
4684 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4687 this_hdr
= &elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
;
4688 align
= (bfd_size_type
) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd
, sec
);
4690 if ((p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
4691 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4692 && (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
4693 || ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0
4694 && ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0
4695 || p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
))))
4697 bfd_vma p_start
= p
->p_paddr
;
4698 bfd_vma p_end
= p_start
+ p
->p_memsz
;
4699 bfd_vma s_start
= sec
->lma
;
4700 bfd_vma adjust
= s_start
- p_end
;
4704 || p_end
< p_start
))
4706 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4707 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd
, sec
,
4708 (unsigned long) s_start
, (unsigned long) p_end
);
4712 p
->p_memsz
+= adjust
;
4714 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4716 if (p
->p_filesz
+ adjust
< p
->p_memsz
)
4718 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
4719 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
4721 adjust
= p
->p_memsz
- p
->p_filesz
;
4722 if (!write_zeros (abfd
, off
, adjust
))
4726 p
->p_filesz
+= adjust
;
4730 if (p
->p_type
== PT_NOTE
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
4732 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
4736 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4737 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4738 p
->p_filesz
= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4744 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
4753 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
4755 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
;
4756 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4757 off
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4759 else if (this_hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4760 && (this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) != 0
4761 && this_hdr
->sh_offset
== 0)
4763 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
4764 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
4765 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
4766 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
4767 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
4768 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
4770 bfd_vma adjust
= vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr
->sh_addr
,
4772 this_hdr
->sh_offset
= sec
->filepos
= off
+ adjust
;
4775 if (this_hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
4777 p
->p_filesz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4778 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
4779 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
4780 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
4781 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4782 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4784 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4786 if (p
->p_type
== PT_TLS
)
4787 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4789 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
4791 else if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_TLS
) == 0)
4792 p
->p_memsz
+= this_hdr
->sh_size
;
4795 if (align
> p
->p_align
4796 && !m
->p_align_valid
4797 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
4798 || (abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) == 0))
4802 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
4805 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
4807 if ((this_hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_WRITE
) != 0)
4814 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
4815 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
4816 if (p
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
4818 bfd_boolean check_vma
= TRUE
;
4820 for (i
= 1; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4821 if (m
->sections
[i
]->vma
== m
->sections
[i
- 1]->vma
4822 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
])
4823 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0
4824 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m
->sections
[i
- 1])
4825 ->this_hdr
), p
) != 0)
4827 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
4832 for (i
= 0; i
< m
->count
; i
++)
4834 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
4837 sec
= m
->sections
[i
];
4838 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(sec
)->this_hdr
);
4839 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr
, p
, check_vma
, 0)
4840 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr
, p
))
4842 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4843 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
4845 print_segment_map (m
);
4851 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
4855 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
4858 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd
*abfd
,
4859 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
4861 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
4862 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrpp
;
4863 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
4864 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*phdrs
;
4865 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*p
;
4866 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
4867 struct elf_segment_map
*hdrs_segment
;
4868 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr
, filehdr_paddr
;
4869 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr
, phdrs_paddr
;
4871 unsigned int num_sec
;
4875 i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
4876 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
4877 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
4878 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
4880 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
4883 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
4884 && (hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
!= 0
4885 || (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_NOBITS
4886 && hdr
->contents
== NULL
)))
4887 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_offset
== hdr
->bfd_section
->filepos
);
4888 else if ((hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_ALLOC
) != 0)
4890 if (hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4891 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
4892 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
4894 (hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
4896 : hdr
->bfd_section
->name
));
4897 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
4898 if ((abfd
->flags
& D_PAGED
) != 0 && hdr
->sh_size
!= 0)
4899 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4902 off
+= vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr
->sh_addr
, off
,
4904 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
,
4907 else if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
4908 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
4909 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_onesymtab (abfd
)]
4910 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)]
4911 || hdr
== i_shdrpp
[elf_strtab_sec (abfd
)])
4912 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
4914 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
4917 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
4918 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
4922 phdrs_vaddr
= bed
->maxpagesize
+ bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4924 hdrs_segment
= NULL
;
4925 phdrs
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
4926 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
4929 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
4932 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4934 filehdr_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4935 filehdr_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4937 if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
4939 phdrs_vaddr
= p
->p_vaddr
;
4940 phdrs_paddr
= p
->p_paddr
;
4941 if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
4944 phdrs_vaddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4945 phdrs_paddr
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
4950 if (hdrs_segment
!= NULL
&& link_info
!= NULL
)
4952 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
4953 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
4954 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
4956 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
4957 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info
), "__ehdr_start",
4958 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4959 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
4961 && (hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
4962 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
4963 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
4964 || hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
))
4967 if (hdrs_segment
->count
!= 0)
4968 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
4969 s
= hdrs_segment
->sections
[0];
4971 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
4972 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
4981 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
- s
->vma
;
4982 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
4986 hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
= filehdr_vaddr
;
4987 hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
4990 hash
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4991 hash
->def_regular
= 1;
4996 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), p
= phdrs
; m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
, p
++)
4998 if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5000 const Elf_Internal_Phdr
*lp
;
5001 struct elf_segment_map
*lm
;
5003 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5005 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5007 for (lm
= elf_seg_map (abfd
), lp
= phdrs
;
5009 lm
= lm
->next
, lp
++)
5011 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5012 && lp
->p_vaddr
< link_info
->relro_end
5014 && lm
->sections
[0]->vma
>= link_info
->relro_start
)
5018 BFD_ASSERT (lm
!= NULL
);
5022 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5023 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5024 for (lp
= phdrs
; lp
< phdrs
+ count
; ++lp
)
5026 if (lp
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
5027 && lp
->p_paddr
== p
->p_paddr
)
5032 if (lp
< phdrs
+ count
)
5034 p
->p_vaddr
= lp
->p_vaddr
;
5035 p
->p_paddr
= lp
->p_paddr
;
5036 p
->p_offset
= lp
->p_offset
;
5037 if (link_info
!= NULL
)
5038 p
->p_filesz
= link_info
->relro_end
- lp
->p_vaddr
;
5039 else if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5040 p
->p_filesz
= m
->p_size
;
5043 p
->p_memsz
= p
->p_filesz
;
5044 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5045 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5046 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5047 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5049 if (!m
->p_align_valid
)
5051 if (!m
->p_flags_valid
)
5052 p
->p_flags
= (lp
->p_flags
& ~PF_W
);
5056 memset (p
, 0, sizeof *p
);
5057 p
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5060 else if (p
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
5062 if (m
->p_size_valid
)
5063 p
->p_memsz
= m
->p_size
;
5065 else if (m
->count
!= 0)
5067 if (p
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5068 && (p
->p_type
!= PT_NOTE
5069 || bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
))
5071 BFD_ASSERT (!m
->includes_filehdr
&& !m
->includes_phdrs
);
5074 p
->p_offset
= m
->sections
[0]->filepos
;
5075 for (i
= m
->count
; i
-- != 0;)
5077 asection
*sect
= m
->sections
[i
];
5078 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_section_data (sect
)->this_hdr
;
5079 if (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
5081 p
->p_filesz
= (sect
->filepos
- m
->sections
[0]->filepos
5088 else if (m
->includes_filehdr
)
5090 p
->p_vaddr
= filehdr_vaddr
;
5091 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5092 p
->p_paddr
= filehdr_paddr
;
5094 else if (m
->includes_phdrs
)
5096 p
->p_vaddr
= phdrs_vaddr
;
5097 if (! m
->p_paddr_valid
)
5098 p
->p_paddr
= phdrs_paddr
;
5102 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5107 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5108 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5109 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5111 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5112 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5113 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5114 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5115 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5116 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5117 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5119 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5122 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
5123 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
5125 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5126 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5127 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5129 if ((abfd
->flags
& (EXEC_P
| DYNAMIC
)) == 0
5130 && bfd_get_format (abfd
) != bfd_core
)
5132 Elf_Internal_Shdr
** const i_shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5133 unsigned int num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5134 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
5138 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5139 off
= i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
;
5141 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5142 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5143 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5144 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= i_shdrpp
+ 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, hdrpp
++)
5146 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
5149 if (((hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5150 && hdr
->bfd_section
== NULL
)
5151 || i
== elf_onesymtab (abfd
)
5152 || i
== elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
)
5153 || i
== elf_strtab_sec (abfd
))
5155 hdr
->sh_offset
= -1;
5158 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr
, off
, TRUE
);
5161 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5167 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5168 assignment of sections to segments. */
5169 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5172 /* And for non-load sections. */
5173 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd
, link_info
))
5176 if (bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
!= NULL
)
5178 if (!(*bed
->elf_backend_modify_program_headers
) (abfd
, link_info
))
5182 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5183 if (link_info
!= NULL
5184 && link_info
->executable
5185 && link_info
->shared
)
5187 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
5188 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
;
5189 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*end_segment
= &segment
[num_segments
];
5191 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5192 bfd_vma p_vaddr
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5193 for (; segment
< end_segment
; segment
++)
5194 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& p_vaddr
> segment
->p_vaddr
)
5195 p_vaddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5197 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5198 segments is non-zero. */
5200 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5203 /* Write out the program headers. */
5204 alloc
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
) / bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
5205 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, (bfd_signed_vma
) bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5206 || bed
->s
->write_out_phdrs (abfd
, tdata
->phdr
, alloc
) != 0)
5214 prep_headers (bfd
*abfd
)
5216 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5217 struct elf_strtab_hash
*shstrtab
;
5218 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5220 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5222 shstrtab
= _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5223 if (shstrtab
== NULL
)
5226 elf_shstrtab (abfd
) = shstrtab
;
5228 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG0
] = ELFMAG0
;
5229 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG1
] = ELFMAG1
;
5230 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG2
] = ELFMAG2
;
5231 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_MAG3
] = ELFMAG3
;
5233 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] = bed
->s
->elfclass
;
5234 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_DATA
] =
5235 bfd_big_endian (abfd
) ? ELFDATA2MSB
: ELFDATA2LSB
;
5236 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_VERSION
] = bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5238 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
5239 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_DYN
;
5240 else if ((abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
) != 0)
5241 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_EXEC
;
5242 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_core
)
5243 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_CORE
;
5245 i_ehdrp
->e_type
= ET_REL
;
5247 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
5249 case bfd_arch_unknown
:
5250 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= EM_NONE
;
5253 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5254 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5255 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5256 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5257 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5258 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5259 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5260 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5262 i_ehdrp
->e_machine
= bed
->elf_machine_code
;
5265 i_ehdrp
->e_version
= bed
->s
->ev_current
;
5266 i_ehdrp
->e_ehsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
5268 /* No program header, for now. */
5269 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5270 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5271 i_ehdrp
->e_phnum
= 0;
5273 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5274 i_ehdrp
->e_entry
= bfd_get_start_address (abfd
);
5275 i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_shdr
;
5277 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5278 if (abfd
->flags
& EXEC_P
)
5279 /* It all happens later. */
5283 i_ehdrp
->e_phentsize
= 0;
5284 i_ehdrp
->e_phoff
= 0;
5287 elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5288 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".symtab", FALSE
);
5289 elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5290 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".strtab", FALSE
);
5291 elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
=
5292 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab
, ".shstrtab", FALSE
);
5293 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5294 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1
5295 || elf_tdata (abfd
)->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_name
== (unsigned int) -1)
5301 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5302 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
5305 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (bfd
*abfd
)
5308 unsigned int i
, num_sec
;
5309 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**shdrpp
;
5310 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
5311 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5313 off
= elf_next_file_pos (abfd
);
5315 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5316 for (i
= 1, shdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1; i
< num_sec
; i
++, shdrpp
++)
5318 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdrp
;
5321 if ((shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_REL
|| shdrp
->sh_type
== SHT_RELA
)
5322 && shdrp
->sh_offset
== -1)
5323 off
= _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp
, off
, TRUE
);
5326 /* Place the section headers. */
5327 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
5328 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5329 off
= align_file_position (off
, 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
);
5330 i_ehdrp
->e_shoff
= off
;
5331 off
+= i_ehdrp
->e_shnum
* i_ehdrp
->e_shentsize
;
5332 elf_next_file_pos (abfd
) = off
;
5336 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5338 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5339 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**i_shdrp
;
5341 unsigned int count
, num_sec
;
5342 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
5344 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
5345 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
5348 i_shdrp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
);
5351 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd
, bed
->s
->write_relocs
, &failed
);
5355 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_relocs (abfd
);
5357 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5358 num_sec
= elf_numsections (abfd
);
5359 for (count
= 1; count
< num_sec
; count
++)
5361 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
)
5362 (*bed
->elf_backend_section_processing
) (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]);
5363 if (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
)
5365 bfd_size_type amt
= i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_size
;
5367 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, i_shdrp
[count
]->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5368 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp
[count
]->contents
, amt
, abfd
) != amt
)
5373 /* Write out the section header names. */
5374 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
5375 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
5376 && (bfd_seek (abfd
, t
->shstrtab_hdr
.sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
5377 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd
, elf_shstrtab (abfd
))))
5380 if (bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
)
5381 (*bed
->elf_backend_final_write_processing
) (abfd
, elf_linker (abfd
));
5383 if (!bed
->s
->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd
))
5386 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
5387 if (t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
!= NULL
)
5388 return (*t
->o
->build_id
.after_write_object_contents
) (abfd
);
5394 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd
*abfd
)
5396 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
5397 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd
);
5400 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
5403 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_section
*asect
)
5405 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5406 unsigned int sec_index
;
5408 if (elf_section_data (asect
) != NULL
5409 && elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
!= 0)
5410 return elf_section_data (asect
)->this_idx
;
5412 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect
))
5413 sec_index
= SHN_ABS
;
5414 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect
))
5415 sec_index
= SHN_COMMON
;
5416 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect
))
5417 sec_index
= SHN_UNDEF
;
5419 sec_index
= SHN_BAD
;
5421 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
5422 if (bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
)
5424 int retval
= sec_index
;
5426 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section
) (abfd
, asect
, &retval
))
5430 if (sec_index
== SHN_BAD
)
5431 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
5436 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
5440 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**asym_ptr_ptr
)
5442 asymbol
*asym_ptr
= *asym_ptr_ptr
;
5444 flagword flags
= asym_ptr
->flags
;
5446 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
5447 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
5448 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
5449 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
5450 input sections rather than the output section. */
5451 if (asym_ptr
->udata
.i
== 0
5452 && (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
5453 && asym_ptr
->section
)
5458 sec
= asym_ptr
->section
;
5459 if (sec
->owner
!= abfd
&& sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5460 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
5461 if (sec
->owner
== abfd
5462 && (indx
= sec
->index
) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd
)
5463 && elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
] != NULL
)
5464 asym_ptr
->udata
.i
= elf_section_syms (abfd
)[indx
]->udata
.i
;
5467 idx
= asym_ptr
->udata
.i
;
5471 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
5472 which is used in a relocation entry. */
5473 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5474 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
5475 abfd
, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr
));
5476 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols
);
5483 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
5484 (long) asym_ptr
, asym_ptr
->name
, idx
, (long) flags
);
5492 /* Rewrite program header information. */
5495 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
5497 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
5498 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
5499 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
5500 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
5501 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
5504 unsigned int num_segments
;
5505 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
5506 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
5507 bfd_vma maxpagesize
;
5508 struct elf_segment_map
*phdr_adjust_seg
= NULL
;
5509 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num
= 0;
5510 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
5512 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
5513 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
5516 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
5518 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
5519 maxpagesize
= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
;
5521 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
5522 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
5523 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
5524 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
5526 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
5527 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5528 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
5529 ? section->size : 0)
5531 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5532 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
5533 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
5534 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
5535 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5536 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
5538 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
5539 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
5540 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
5541 (section->lma >= base \
5542 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
5543 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
5545 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
5546 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
5547 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
5548 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
5549 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5550 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5551 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5553 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
5555 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
5557 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
5561 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
5562 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
5563 p_memsz set to 0. */
5564 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
5566 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
5567 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
5568 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
5569 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
5571 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
5572 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
5573 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
5575 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
5576 A section will be included if:
5577 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
5578 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
5579 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
5581 3. There is an output section associated with it,
5582 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
5583 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
5584 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
5585 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
5586 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
5587 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
5588 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5589 ((((segment->p_paddr \
5590 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
5591 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
5592 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
5593 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
5594 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
5595 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
5596 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
5597 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
5598 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
5599 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
5600 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
5601 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
5602 || (segment->p_paddr \
5603 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
5604 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
5605 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
5607 && !section->segment_mark)
5609 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
5610 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5611 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
5612 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
5613 && section->output_section != NULL)
5615 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
5616 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
5617 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
5619 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
5620 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
5621 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
5622 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
5623 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
5625 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
5626 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
5627 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
5628 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
5629 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
5631 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
5632 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5633 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
5635 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
5636 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
5637 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
5638 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
5639 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
5640 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5643 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
5645 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
5649 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
5650 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
5651 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
5652 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
5653 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5658 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment2
;
5660 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
)
5661 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
; section
; section
= section
->next
)
5662 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment
, section
))
5664 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
5665 assignment code will work. */
5666 segment
->p_vaddr
= section
->vma
;
5670 if (segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5672 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
5673 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
)
5674 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5678 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
5679 for (j
= 0, segment2
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
; j
< i
; j
++, segment2
++)
5681 bfd_signed_vma extra_length
;
5683 if (segment2
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
5684 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment
, segment2
))
5687 /* Merge the two segments together. */
5688 if (segment2
->p_vaddr
< segment
->p_vaddr
)
5690 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
5692 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
)
5693 - SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
));
5695 if (extra_length
> 0)
5697 segment2
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5698 segment2
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5701 segment
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5703 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
5705 segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5710 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
5712 extra_length
= (SEGMENT_END (segment2
, segment2
->p_vaddr
)
5713 - SEGMENT_END (segment
, segment
->p_vaddr
));
5715 if (extra_length
> 0)
5717 segment
->p_memsz
+= extra_length
;
5718 segment
->p_filesz
+= extra_length
;
5721 segment2
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
5726 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
5727 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
5731 unsigned int section_count
;
5732 asection
**sections
;
5733 asection
*output_section
;
5735 bfd_vma matching_lma
;
5736 bfd_vma suggested_lma
;
5739 asection
*first_section
;
5740 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma
;
5741 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma
;
5743 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
5746 first_section
= NULL
;
5747 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
5748 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
5750 section
= section
->next
)
5752 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
5753 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
5754 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5756 if (first_section
== NULL
)
5757 first_section
= section
;
5758 if (section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5763 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
5764 all of the sections we have selected. */
5765 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
5766 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
5767 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
5771 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
5772 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
5774 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
5775 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
5776 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
5778 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
5779 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
5781 if (!first_section
|| first_section
->output_section
!= NULL
)
5783 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
5784 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
5787 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
5788 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
5789 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
5790 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
5791 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
5793 if (!phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
5795 map
->includes_phdrs
=
5796 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5797 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
5798 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
5799 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
5801 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
5802 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
5805 if (section_count
== 0)
5807 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
5808 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
5809 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
5810 a warning is produced. */
5811 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
)
5812 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("%B: warning: Empty loadable segment"
5813 " detected, is this intentional ?\n"),
5817 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5818 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5823 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
5824 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
5825 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
5826 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
5828 1. None of the sections have been moved.
5829 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
5832 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
5833 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5834 of the first section.
5836 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
5837 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
5838 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
5839 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
5840 have to be created to contain the other sections.
5842 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
5843 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
5844 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
5845 or segments to contain the other sections.
5847 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
5848 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
5849 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
5851 sections
= (asection
**) bfd_malloc2 (section_count
, sizeof (asection
*));
5852 if (sections
== NULL
)
5855 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
5856 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
5857 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
5858 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
5859 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
5864 first_matching_lma
= TRUE
;
5865 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
5867 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
5869 section
= section
->next
)
5870 if (section
== first_section
)
5873 for (j
= 0; section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
5875 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section
, segment
, bed
))
5877 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
5879 sections
[j
++] = section
;
5881 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
5882 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
5883 correct value. Note - some backends require that
5884 p_paddr be left as zero. */
5886 && segment
->p_vaddr
!= 0
5887 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5889 && output_section
->lma
!= 0
5890 && output_section
->vma
== (segment
->p_vaddr
5891 + (map
->includes_filehdr
5894 + (map
->includes_phdrs
5896 * iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5898 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_vaddr
;
5900 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
5901 LMA address of the output section. */
5902 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
5903 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
)
5904 || (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5905 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section
, segment
)))
5907 if (first_matching_lma
|| output_section
->lma
< matching_lma
)
5909 matching_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5910 first_matching_lma
= FALSE
;
5913 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
5914 then it does not overlap any other section within that
5916 map
->sections
[isec
++] = output_section
;
5918 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
5920 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
5921 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
5924 if (j
== section_count
)
5929 BFD_ASSERT (j
== section_count
);
5931 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
5933 if (isec
== section_count
)
5935 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
5936 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
5937 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
5938 program header in the input BFD. */
5939 map
->count
= section_count
;
5940 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
5941 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
5944 && !bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
5945 && matching_lma
!= map
->p_paddr
5946 && !map
->includes_filehdr
5947 && !map
->includes_phdrs
)
5948 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
5949 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
5951 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= matching_lma
- map
->p_paddr
;
5958 if (!first_matching_lma
)
5960 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
5961 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
5962 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
5963 map
->p_paddr
= matching_lma
;
5967 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
5968 Change the current segment's physical address to match
5969 the LMA of the first section. */
5970 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
5973 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
5974 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
5975 if (map
->includes_filehdr
)
5977 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
)
5978 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_ehsize
;
5981 map
->includes_filehdr
= FALSE
;
5982 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
5986 if (map
->includes_phdrs
)
5988 if (map
->p_paddr
>= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)
5990 map
->p_paddr
-= iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
5992 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
5993 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
5994 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
5995 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
5996 offset when we know the correct value. */
5997 phdr_adjust_num
= iehdr
->e_phnum
;
5998 phdr_adjust_seg
= map
;
6001 map
->includes_phdrs
= FALSE
;
6005 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6006 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6007 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6008 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6009 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6010 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6017 first_suggested_lma
= TRUE
;
6019 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6020 for (j
= 0; j
< section_count
; j
++)
6022 section
= sections
[j
];
6024 if (section
== NULL
)
6027 output_section
= section
->output_section
;
6029 BFD_ASSERT (output_section
!= NULL
);
6031 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section
, segment
, map
->p_paddr
)
6032 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment
, section
))
6034 if (map
->count
== 0)
6036 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6037 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6039 if (output_section
->lma
6041 + (map
->includes_filehdr
? iehdr
->e_ehsize
: 0)
6042 + (map
->includes_phdrs
6043 ? iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
6051 prev_sec
= map
->sections
[map
->count
- 1];
6053 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6054 and the start of this section is more than
6055 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6056 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
,
6058 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section
->lma
, maxpagesize
))
6059 || (prev_sec
->lma
+ prev_sec
->size
6060 > output_section
->lma
))
6062 if (first_suggested_lma
)
6064 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6065 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6072 map
->sections
[map
->count
++] = output_section
;
6075 section
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6077 else if (first_suggested_lma
)
6079 suggested_lma
= output_section
->lma
;
6080 first_suggested_lma
= FALSE
;
6084 BFD_ASSERT (map
->count
> 0);
6086 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6087 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6088 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6090 if (isec
< section_count
)
6092 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6093 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6094 and carry on looping. */
6095 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6096 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6097 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6104 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6105 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6106 not yet been assigned. */
6108 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6109 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6110 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6111 map
->p_paddr
= suggested_lma
;
6112 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6113 map
->includes_filehdr
= 0;
6114 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6117 while (isec
< section_count
);
6122 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6124 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6125 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6126 the offset if necessary. */
6127 if (phdr_adjust_seg
!= NULL
)
6131 for (count
= 0, map
= map_first
; map
!= NULL
; map
= map
->next
)
6134 if (count
> phdr_adjust_num
)
6135 phdr_adjust_seg
->p_paddr
6136 -= (count
- phdr_adjust_num
) * iehdr
->e_phentsize
;
6141 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6142 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6144 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6145 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6146 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6147 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6148 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6149 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6153 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6156 copy_elf_program_header (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6158 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*iehdr
;
6159 struct elf_segment_map
*map
;
6160 struct elf_segment_map
*map_first
;
6161 struct elf_segment_map
**pointer_to_map
;
6162 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6164 unsigned int num_segments
;
6165 bfd_boolean phdr_included
= FALSE
;
6166 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid
;
6168 iehdr
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
);
6171 pointer_to_map
= &map_first
;
6173 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6174 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6175 p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6176 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6177 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6180 if (segment
->p_paddr
!= 0)
6182 p_paddr_valid
= TRUE
;
6186 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6191 unsigned int section_count
;
6193 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6194 asection
*first_section
= NULL
;
6195 asection
*lowest_section
;
6197 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6198 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
, section_count
= 0;
6200 section
= section
->next
)
6202 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6203 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6205 if (first_section
== NULL
)
6206 first_section
= section
;
6211 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6212 all of the sections we have selected. */
6213 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
6214 if (section_count
!= 0)
6215 amt
+= ((bfd_size_type
) section_count
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
6216 map
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (obfd
, amt
);
6220 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6223 map
->p_type
= segment
->p_type
;
6224 map
->p_flags
= segment
->p_flags
;
6225 map
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
6226 map
->p_paddr
= segment
->p_paddr
;
6227 map
->p_paddr_valid
= p_paddr_valid
;
6228 map
->p_align
= segment
->p_align
;
6229 map
->p_align_valid
= 1;
6230 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= 0;
6232 if (map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_RELRO
6233 || map
->p_type
== PT_GNU_STACK
)
6235 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6236 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6237 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6238 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6239 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6241 map
->p_size
= segment
->p_memsz
;
6242 map
->p_size_valid
= 1;
6245 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6246 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6247 map
->includes_filehdr
= (segment
->p_offset
== 0
6248 && segment
->p_filesz
>= iehdr
->e_ehsize
);
6250 map
->includes_phdrs
= 0;
6251 if (! phdr_included
|| segment
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
)
6253 map
->includes_phdrs
=
6254 (segment
->p_offset
<= (bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6255 && (segment
->p_offset
+ segment
->p_filesz
6256 >= ((bfd_vma
) iehdr
->e_phoff
6257 + iehdr
->e_phnum
* iehdr
->e_phentsize
)));
6259 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
&& map
->includes_phdrs
)
6260 phdr_included
= TRUE
;
6263 lowest_section
= NULL
;
6264 if (section_count
!= 0)
6266 unsigned int isec
= 0;
6268 for (section
= first_section
;
6270 section
= section
->next
)
6272 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6273 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6275 map
->sections
[isec
++] = section
->output_section
;
6276 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
6280 if (lowest_section
== NULL
6281 || section
->lma
< lowest_section
->lma
)
6282 lowest_section
= section
;
6284 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6285 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6286 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6287 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6289 if ((section
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
6290 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_offset
- segment
->p_offset
;
6292 seg_off
= this_hdr
->sh_addr
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6293 if (section
->lma
- segment
->p_paddr
!= seg_off
)
6294 map
->p_paddr_valid
= FALSE
;
6296 if (isec
== section_count
)
6302 if (map
->includes_filehdr
&& lowest_section
!= NULL
)
6303 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6304 map
->header_size
= lowest_section
->vma
- segment
->p_vaddr
;
6306 if (!map
->includes_phdrs
6307 && !map
->includes_filehdr
6308 && map
->p_paddr_valid
)
6309 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6310 map
->p_vaddr_offset
= ((lowest_section
? lowest_section
->lma
: 0)
6311 - segment
->p_paddr
);
6313 map
->count
= section_count
;
6314 *pointer_to_map
= map
;
6315 pointer_to_map
= &map
->next
;
6318 elf_seg_map (obfd
) = map_first
;
6322 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6326 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6328 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6329 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6332 if (elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
== NULL
)
6335 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6337 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6338 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6339 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6340 asection
*section
, *osec
;
6341 unsigned int i
, num_segments
;
6342 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*this_hdr
;
6343 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6345 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (ibfd
);
6347 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6348 if (bed
->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
)
6351 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6352 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6353 section
= section
->next
)
6354 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6356 num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6357 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6361 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6362 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
6363 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
6364 map in this case. */
6365 if (segment
->p_paddr
== 0
6366 && segment
->p_memsz
== 0
6367 && (segment
->p_type
== PT_INTERP
|| segment
->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
))
6370 for (section
= ibfd
->sections
;
6371 section
!= NULL
; section
= section
->next
)
6373 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
6374 from the input BFD. */
6375 osec
= section
->output_section
;
6377 osec
->segment_mark
= TRUE
;
6379 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
6380 this_hdr
= &(elf_section_data(section
)->this_hdr
);
6381 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr
, segment
))
6383 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
6384 removed. What else do we need to check? */
6386 || section
->flags
!= osec
->flags
6387 || section
->lma
!= osec
->lma
6388 || section
->vma
!= osec
->vma
6389 || section
->size
!= osec
->size
6390 || section
->rawsize
!= osec
->rawsize
6391 || section
->alignment_power
!= osec
->alignment_power
)
6397 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
6399 for (section
= obfd
->sections
; section
!= NULL
;
6400 section
= section
->next
)
6402 if (section
->segment_mark
== FALSE
)
6405 section
->segment_mark
= FALSE
;
6408 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6412 if (ibfd
->xvec
== obfd
->xvec
)
6414 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
6415 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
6416 Elf_Internal_Phdr
*segment
;
6418 unsigned int num_segments
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_phnum
;
6419 bfd_vma maxpagesize
= 0;
6421 for (i
= 0, segment
= elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
;
6424 if (segment
->p_type
== PT_LOAD
6425 && maxpagesize
< segment
->p_align
)
6426 maxpagesize
= segment
->p_align
;
6428 if (maxpagesize
!= get_elf_backend_data (obfd
)->maxpagesize
)
6429 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd
), maxpagesize
);
6432 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd
, obfd
);
6435 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
6438 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6442 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
6445 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6446 bfd_boolean final_link
= link_info
!= NULL
&& !link_info
->relocatable
;
6448 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6449 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6452 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec
) != NULL
);
6454 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
6455 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
6456 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
6457 that the linker clears to differ. */
6458 if (elf_section_type (osec
) == SHT_NULL
6459 && (osec
->flags
== isec
->flags
6461 && ((osec
->flags
^ isec
->flags
)
6462 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES
| SEC_RELOC
)) == 0)))
6463 elf_section_type (osec
) = elf_section_type (isec
);
6465 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
6466 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= (elf_section_flags (isec
)
6467 & (SHF_MASKOS
| SHF_MASKPROC
));
6469 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
6470 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
6471 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
6472 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
6475 if (elf_sec_group (isec
) == NULL
6476 || (elf_sec_group (isec
)->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
6478 if (elf_section_flags (isec
) & SHF_GROUP
)
6479 elf_section_flags (osec
) |= SHF_GROUP
;
6480 elf_next_in_group (osec
) = elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6481 elf_section_data (osec
)->group
= elf_section_data (isec
)->group
;
6485 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6487 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
6488 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
6489 may be NULL at this point. */
6490 if ((ihdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_LINK_ORDER
) != 0)
6492 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6493 ohdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_LINK_ORDER
;
6494 elf_linked_to_section (osec
) = elf_linked_to_section (isec
);
6497 osec
->use_rela_p
= isec
->use_rela_p
;
6502 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
6503 field, and sometimes the info field. */
6506 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6511 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*ihdr
, *ohdr
;
6513 if (ibfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
6514 || obfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6517 ihdr
= &elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
;
6518 ohdr
= &elf_section_data (osec
)->this_hdr
;
6520 ohdr
->sh_entsize
= ihdr
->sh_entsize
;
6522 if (ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_SYMTAB
6523 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_DYNSYM
6524 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verneed
6525 || ihdr
->sh_type
== SHT_GNU_verdef
)
6526 ohdr
->sh_info
= ihdr
->sh_info
;
6528 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd
, isec
, obfd
, osec
,
6532 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
6533 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
6534 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
6535 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
6536 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
6540 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd
*ibfd
, asection
*discarded
)
6544 for (isec
= ibfd
->sections
; isec
!= NULL
; isec
= isec
->next
)
6545 if (elf_section_type (isec
) == SHT_GROUP
)
6547 asection
*first
= elf_next_in_group (isec
);
6548 asection
*s
= first
;
6549 bfd_size_type removed
= 0;
6553 /* If this member section is being output but the
6554 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
6555 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
6556 if (s
->output_section
!= discarded
6557 && isec
->output_section
== discarded
)
6559 elf_section_flags (s
->output_section
) &= ~SHF_GROUP
;
6560 elf_group_name (s
->output_section
) = NULL
;
6562 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
6563 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
6564 else if (s
->output_section
== discarded
6565 && isec
->output_section
!= discarded
)
6567 s
= elf_next_in_group (s
);
6573 if (discarded
!= NULL
)
6575 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
6576 adjust the input section size. This function may
6577 be called multiple times, so save the original
6579 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6580 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6581 isec
->size
= isec
->rawsize
- removed
;
6585 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
6587 isec
->output_section
->size
-= removed
;
6595 /* Copy private header information. */
6598 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
6600 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6601 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6604 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
6605 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
6606 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
6607 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
6608 already been worked out. */
6609 if (elf_seg_map (obfd
) == NULL
&& elf_tdata (ibfd
)->phdr
!= NULL
)
6611 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd
, obfd
))
6615 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd
, NULL
);
6618 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
6619 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
6620 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
6621 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
6622 swap_out_syms function. */
6624 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
6625 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
6626 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
6627 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
6628 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
6631 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd
*ibfd
,
6636 elf_symbol_type
*isym
, *osym
;
6638 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6639 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd
) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
6642 isym
= elf_symbol_from (ibfd
, isymarg
);
6643 osym
= elf_symbol_from (obfd
, osymarg
);
6646 && isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0
6648 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym
->symbol
.section
))
6652 shndx
= isym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6653 if (shndx
== elf_onesymtab (ibfd
))
6654 shndx
= MAP_ONESYMTAB
;
6655 else if (shndx
== elf_dynsymtab (ibfd
))
6656 shndx
= MAP_DYNSYMTAB
;
6657 else if (shndx
== elf_strtab_sec (ibfd
))
6659 else if (shndx
== elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd
))
6660 shndx
= MAP_SHSTRTAB
;
6661 else if (shndx
== elf_symtab_shndx (ibfd
))
6662 shndx
= MAP_SYM_SHNDX
;
6663 osym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6669 /* Swap out the symbols. */
6672 swap_out_syms (bfd
*abfd
,
6673 struct bfd_strtab_hash
**sttp
,
6676 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
6679 struct bfd_strtab_hash
*stt
;
6680 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6681 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6682 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symstrtab_hdr
;
6683 bfd_byte
*outbound_syms
;
6684 bfd_byte
*outbound_shndx
;
6686 unsigned int num_locals
;
6688 bfd_boolean name_local_sections
;
6690 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd
, &num_locals
))
6693 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
6694 stt
= _bfd_elf_stringtab_init ();
6698 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
6699 symcount
= bfd_get_symcount (abfd
);
6700 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6701 symtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB
;
6702 symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6703 symtab_hdr
->sh_size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
* (symcount
+ 1);
6704 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
= num_locals
+ 1;
6705 symtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << bed
->s
->log_file_align
;
6707 symstrtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->strtab_hdr
;
6708 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6710 outbound_syms
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
,
6711 bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
);
6712 if (outbound_syms
== NULL
)
6714 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6717 symtab_hdr
->contents
= outbound_syms
;
6719 outbound_shndx
= NULL
;
6720 symtab_shndx_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_shndx_hdr
;
6721 if (symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_name
!= 0)
6723 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (1 + symcount
) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6724 outbound_shndx
= (bfd_byte
*)
6725 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, 1 + symcount
, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
));
6726 if (outbound_shndx
== NULL
)
6728 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6732 symtab_shndx_hdr
->contents
= outbound_shndx
;
6733 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
;
6734 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_size
= amt
;
6735 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_addralign
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6736 symtab_shndx_hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6739 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
6741 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
6742 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6748 sym
.st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
6749 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6750 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6751 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6752 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6753 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6757 = (bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
6758 && bed
->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd
));
6760 syms
= bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd
);
6761 for (idx
= 0; idx
< symcount
; idx
++)
6763 Elf_Internal_Sym sym
;
6764 bfd_vma value
= syms
[idx
]->value
;
6765 elf_symbol_type
*type_ptr
;
6766 flagword flags
= syms
[idx
]->flags
;
6769 if (!name_local_sections
6770 && (flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_GLOBAL
)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6772 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
6777 sym
.st_name
= (unsigned long) _bfd_stringtab_add (stt
,
6780 if (sym
.st_name
== (unsigned long) -1)
6782 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6787 type_ptr
= elf_symbol_from (abfd
, syms
[idx
]);
6789 if ((flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) == 0
6790 && bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6792 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
6793 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
6794 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
6795 sym
.st_size
= value
;
6796 if (type_ptr
== NULL
6797 || type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
== 0)
6798 sym
.st_value
= value
>= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value
));
6800 sym
.st_value
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_value
;
6801 sym
.st_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
6802 (abfd
, syms
[idx
]->section
);
6806 asection
*sec
= syms
[idx
]->section
;
6809 if (sec
->output_section
)
6811 value
+= sec
->output_offset
;
6812 sec
= sec
->output_section
;
6815 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
6816 if (! relocatable_p
)
6818 sym
.st_value
= value
;
6819 sym
.st_size
= type_ptr
? type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
: 0;
6821 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec
)
6823 && type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
!= 0)
6825 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
6826 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
6827 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
6828 shndx
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
;
6832 shndx
= elf_onesymtab (abfd
);
6835 shndx
= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
);
6838 shndx
= elf_strtab_sec (abfd
);
6841 shndx
= elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd
);
6844 shndx
= elf_symtab_shndx (abfd
);
6853 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
6855 if (shndx
== SHN_BAD
)
6859 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
6860 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
6861 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
6862 demand of applications. For example, it
6863 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
6864 section of a symbol to be a section that is
6865 actually in the output file. */
6866 sec2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec
->name
);
6869 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
6870 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
6871 syms
[idx
]->name
? syms
[idx
]->name
: "<Local sym>",
6873 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
6874 _bfd_stringtab_free (stt
);
6878 shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec2
);
6879 BFD_ASSERT (shndx
!= SHN_BAD
);
6883 sym
.st_shndx
= shndx
;
6886 if ((flags
& BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
6888 else if ((flags
& BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6889 type
= STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
6890 else if ((flags
& BSF_FUNCTION
) != 0)
6892 else if ((flags
& BSF_OBJECT
) != 0)
6894 else if ((flags
& BSF_RELC
) != 0)
6896 else if ((flags
& BSF_SRELC
) != 0)
6901 if (syms
[idx
]->section
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
)
6904 /* Processor-specific types. */
6905 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
6906 && bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6907 type
= ((*bed
->elf_backend_get_symbol_type
)
6908 (&type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
, type
));
6910 if (flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
)
6912 if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6913 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6915 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_SECTION
);
6917 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6919 #ifdef USE_STT_COMMON
6920 if (type
== STT_OBJECT
)
6921 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_COMMON
);
6924 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, type
);
6926 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms
[idx
]->section
))
6927 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (((flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6931 else if (flags
& BSF_FILE
)
6932 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FILE
);
6935 int bind
= STB_LOCAL
;
6937 if (flags
& BSF_LOCAL
)
6939 else if (flags
& BSF_GNU_UNIQUE
)
6940 bind
= STB_GNU_UNIQUE
;
6941 else if (flags
& BSF_WEAK
)
6943 else if (flags
& BSF_GLOBAL
)
6946 sym
.st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (bind
, type
);
6949 if (type_ptr
!= NULL
)
6951 sym
.st_other
= type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
;
6952 sym
.st_target_internal
6953 = type_ptr
->internal_elf_sym
.st_target_internal
;
6958 sym
.st_target_internal
= 0;
6961 bed
->s
->swap_symbol_out (abfd
, &sym
, outbound_syms
, outbound_shndx
);
6962 outbound_syms
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6963 if (outbound_shndx
!= NULL
)
6964 outbound_shndx
+= sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx
);
6968 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_size
= _bfd_stringtab_size (stt
);
6969 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_STRTAB
;
6971 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_flags
= 0;
6972 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addr
= 0;
6973 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
6974 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_link
= 0;
6975 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_info
= 0;
6976 symstrtab_hdr
->sh_addralign
= 1;
6981 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
6983 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
6984 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
6985 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
6988 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
6992 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
6994 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
6995 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
6997 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7003 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7007 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynsymtab_hdr
;
7009 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7011 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7015 symcount
= hdr
->sh_size
/ get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_sym
;
7016 symtab_size
= (symcount
+ 1) * (sizeof (asymbol
*));
7018 symtab_size
-= sizeof (asymbol
*);
7024 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7027 return (asect
->reloc_count
+ 1) * sizeof (arelent
*);
7030 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7033 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7040 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7042 if (! bed
->s
->slurp_reloc_table (abfd
, section
, symbols
, FALSE
))
7045 tblptr
= section
->relocation
;
7046 for (i
= 0; i
< section
->reloc_count
; i
++)
7047 *relptr
++ = tblptr
++;
7051 return section
->reloc_count
;
7055 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**allocation
)
7057 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7058 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, FALSE
);
7061 bfd_get_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7066 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
7067 asymbol
**allocation
)
7069 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7070 long symcount
= bed
->s
->slurp_symbol_table (abfd
, allocation
, TRUE
);
7073 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd
) = symcount
;
7077 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7078 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7079 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7080 dynamic reloc section. */
7083 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
7088 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7090 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7094 ret
= sizeof (arelent
*);
7095 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7096 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7097 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7098 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7099 ret
+= ((s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
)
7100 * sizeof (arelent
*));
7105 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7106 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7107 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7108 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7109 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7110 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7111 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7114 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
7118 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
7122 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) == 0)
7124 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
7128 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
7130 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
7132 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_link
== elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
7133 && (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_REL
7134 || elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_RELA
))
7139 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, s
, syms
, TRUE
))
7141 count
= s
->size
/ elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
;
7143 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
7154 /* Read in the version information. */
7157 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver
)
7159 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
7160 unsigned int freeidx
= 0;
7162 if (elf_dynverref (abfd
) != 0)
7164 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7165 Elf_External_Verneed
*everneed
;
7166 Elf_Internal_Verneed
*iverneed
;
7168 bfd_byte
*contents_end
;
7170 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverref_hdr
;
7172 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= (Elf_Internal_Verneed
*)
7173 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, hdr
->sh_info
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed
));
7174 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
== NULL
)
7177 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= hdr
->sh_info
;
7179 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7180 if (contents
== NULL
)
7182 error_return_verref
:
7183 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
= NULL
;
7184 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverrefs
= 0;
7187 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7188 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7189 goto error_return_verref
;
7191 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
))
7192 goto error_return_verref
;
7194 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
)
7195 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux
));
7196 contents_end
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
- sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed
);
7197 everneed
= (Elf_External_Verneed
*) contents
;
7198 iverneed
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verref
;
7199 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++, iverneed
++)
7201 Elf_External_Vernaux
*evernaux
;
7202 Elf_Internal_Vernaux
*ivernaux
;
7205 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd
, everneed
, iverneed
);
7207 iverneed
->vn_bfd
= abfd
;
7209 iverneed
->vn_filename
=
7210 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7212 if (iverneed
->vn_filename
== NULL
)
7213 goto error_return_verref
;
7215 if (iverneed
->vn_cnt
== 0)
7216 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= NULL
;
7219 iverneed
->vn_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_vernaux
*)
7220 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverneed
->vn_cnt
,
7221 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux
));
7222 if (iverneed
->vn_auxptr
== NULL
)
7223 goto error_return_verref
;
7226 if (iverneed
->vn_aux
7227 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7228 goto error_return_verref
;
7230 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7231 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_aux
));
7232 ivernaux
= iverneed
->vn_auxptr
;
7233 for (j
= 0; j
< iverneed
->vn_cnt
; j
++, ivernaux
++)
7235 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd
, evernaux
, ivernaux
);
7237 ivernaux
->vna_nodename
=
7238 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7239 ivernaux
->vna_name
);
7240 if (ivernaux
->vna_nodename
== NULL
)
7241 goto error_return_verref
;
7243 if (j
+ 1 < iverneed
->vn_cnt
)
7244 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= ivernaux
+ 1;
7246 ivernaux
->vna_nextptr
= NULL
;
7248 if (ivernaux
->vna_next
7249 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) evernaux
))
7250 goto error_return_verref
;
7252 evernaux
= ((Elf_External_Vernaux
*)
7253 ((bfd_byte
*) evernaux
+ ivernaux
->vna_next
));
7255 if (ivernaux
->vna_other
> freeidx
)
7256 freeidx
= ivernaux
->vna_other
;
7259 if (i
+ 1 < hdr
->sh_info
)
7260 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= iverneed
+ 1;
7262 iverneed
->vn_nextref
= NULL
;
7264 if (iverneed
->vn_next
7265 > (size_t) (contents_end
- (bfd_byte
*) everneed
))
7266 goto error_return_verref
;
7268 everneed
= ((Elf_External_Verneed
*)
7269 ((bfd_byte
*) everneed
+ iverneed
->vn_next
));
7276 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd
) != 0)
7278 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7279 Elf_External_Verdef
*everdef
;
7280 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7281 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdefarr
;
7282 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem
;
7284 unsigned int maxidx
;
7285 bfd_byte
*contents_end_def
, *contents_end_aux
;
7287 hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dynverdef_hdr
;
7289 contents
= (bfd_byte
*) bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7290 if (contents
== NULL
)
7292 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, hdr
->sh_offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7293 || bfd_bread (contents
, hdr
->sh_size
, abfd
) != hdr
->sh_size
)
7296 if (hdr
->sh_info
&& hdr
->sh_size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
))
7299 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
)
7300 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
));
7301 contents_end_def
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7302 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef
);
7303 contents_end_aux
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
7304 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux
);
7306 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
7307 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
7309 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7311 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; ++i
)
7313 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7315 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
)) > maxidx
)
7316 maxidx
= iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION
);
7318 if (iverdefmem
.vd_next
7319 > (size_t) (contents_end_def
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7322 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7323 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdefmem
.vd_next
));
7326 if (default_imported_symver
)
7328 if (freeidx
> maxidx
)
7333 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7334 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, maxidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7335 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7338 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= maxidx
;
7340 everdef
= (Elf_External_Verdef
*) contents
;
7341 iverdefarr
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
;
7342 for (i
= 0; i
< hdr
->sh_info
; i
++)
7344 Elf_External_Verdaux
*everdaux
;
7345 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7348 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd
, everdef
, &iverdefmem
);
7350 if ((iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) == 0)
7352 error_return_verdef
:
7353 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= NULL
;
7354 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= 0;
7358 iverdef
= &iverdefarr
[(iverdefmem
.vd_ndx
& VERSYM_VERSION
) - 1];
7359 memcpy (iverdef
, &iverdefmem
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7361 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7363 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
== 0)
7364 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= NULL
;
7367 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7368 bfd_alloc2 (abfd
, iverdef
->vd_cnt
,
7369 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7370 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7371 goto error_return_verdef
;
7375 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdef
))
7376 goto error_return_verdef
;
7378 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7379 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_aux
));
7380 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7381 for (j
= 0; j
< iverdef
->vd_cnt
; j
++, iverdaux
++)
7383 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd
, everdaux
, iverdaux
);
7385 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
=
7386 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd
, hdr
->sh_link
,
7387 iverdaux
->vda_name
);
7388 if (iverdaux
->vda_nodename
== NULL
)
7389 goto error_return_verdef
;
7391 if (j
+ 1 < iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7392 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= iverdaux
+ 1;
7394 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7396 if (iverdaux
->vda_next
7397 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux
- (bfd_byte
*) everdaux
))
7398 goto error_return_verdef
;
7400 everdaux
= ((Elf_External_Verdaux
*)
7401 ((bfd_byte
*) everdaux
+ iverdaux
->vda_next
));
7404 if (iverdef
->vd_cnt
)
7405 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
->vda_nodename
;
7407 if ((size_t) (iverdef
- iverdefarr
) + 1 < maxidx
)
7408 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= iverdef
+ 1;
7410 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7412 everdef
= ((Elf_External_Verdef
*)
7413 ((bfd_byte
*) everdef
+ iverdef
->vd_next
));
7419 else if (default_imported_symver
)
7426 elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
= (Elf_Internal_Verdef
*)
7427 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd
, freeidx
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef
));
7428 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
== NULL
)
7431 elf_tdata (abfd
)->cverdefs
= freeidx
;
7434 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
7435 if (default_imported_symver
)
7437 Elf_Internal_Verdef
*iverdef
;
7438 Elf_Internal_Verdaux
*iverdaux
;
7440 iverdef
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->verdef
[freeidx
- 1];
7442 iverdef
->vd_version
= VER_DEF_CURRENT
;
7443 iverdef
->vd_flags
= 0;
7444 iverdef
->vd_ndx
= freeidx
;
7445 iverdef
->vd_cnt
= 1;
7447 iverdef
->vd_bfd
= abfd
;
7449 iverdef
->vd_nodename
= bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd
);
7450 if (iverdef
->vd_nodename
== NULL
)
7451 goto error_return_verdef
;
7452 iverdef
->vd_nextdef
= NULL
;
7453 iverdef
->vd_auxptr
= (struct elf_internal_verdaux
*)
7454 bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux
));
7455 if (iverdef
->vd_auxptr
== NULL
)
7456 goto error_return_verdef
;
7458 iverdaux
= iverdef
->vd_auxptr
;
7459 iverdaux
->vda_nodename
= iverdef
->vd_nodename
;
7460 iverdaux
->vda_nextptr
= NULL
;
7466 if (contents
!= NULL
)
7472 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd
*abfd
)
7474 elf_symbol_type
*newsym
;
7475 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (elf_symbol_type
);
7477 newsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7482 newsym
->symbol
.the_bfd
= abfd
;
7483 return &newsym
->symbol
;
7488 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7492 bfd_symbol_info (symbol
, ret
);
7495 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
7496 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
7500 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7503 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
7504 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == 'L')
7507 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
7508 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
7509 if (name
[0] == '.' && name
[1] == '.')
7512 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
7513 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
7514 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
7515 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
7516 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
7517 we treat such symbols as local. */
7518 if (name
[0] == '_' && name
[1] == '.' && name
[2] == 'L' && name
[3] == '_')
7525 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7526 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7533 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd
*abfd
,
7534 enum bfd_architecture arch
,
7535 unsigned long machine
)
7537 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
7538 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
7539 if (arch
!= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
7540 && arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
7541 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->arch
!= bfd_arch_unknown
)
7544 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd
, arch
, machine
);
7547 /* Find the function to a particular section and offset,
7548 for error reporting. */
7551 elf_find_function (bfd
*abfd
,
7555 const char **filename_ptr
,
7556 const char **functionname_ptr
)
7558 struct elf_find_function_cache
7560 asection
*last_section
;
7562 const char *filename
;
7563 bfd_size_type func_size
;
7566 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7569 cache
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
;
7572 cache
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*cache
));
7573 elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_find_function_cache
= cache
;
7577 if (cache
->last_section
!= section
7578 || cache
->func
== NULL
7579 || offset
< cache
->func
->value
7580 || offset
>= cache
->func
->value
+ cache
->func_size
)
7585 /* ??? Given multiple file symbols, it is impossible to reliably
7586 choose the right file name for global symbols. File symbols are
7587 local symbols, and thus all file symbols must sort before any
7588 global symbols. The ELF spec may be interpreted to say that a
7589 file symbol must sort before other local symbols, but currently
7590 ld -r doesn't do this. So, for ld -r output, it is possible to
7591 make a better choice of file name for local symbols by ignoring
7592 file symbols appearing after a given local symbol. */
7593 enum { nothing_seen
, symbol_seen
, file_after_symbol_seen
} state
;
7594 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7598 state
= nothing_seen
;
7599 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7601 cache
->func_size
= 0;
7602 cache
->last_section
= section
;
7604 for (p
= symbols
; *p
!= NULL
; p
++)
7610 if ((sym
->flags
& BSF_FILE
) != 0)
7613 if (state
== symbol_seen
)
7614 state
= file_after_symbol_seen
;
7618 size
= bed
->maybe_function_sym (sym
, section
, &code_off
);
7620 && code_off
<= offset
7621 && (code_off
> low_func
7622 || (code_off
== low_func
7623 && size
> cache
->func_size
)))
7626 cache
->func_size
= size
;
7627 cache
->filename
= NULL
;
7628 low_func
= code_off
;
7630 && ((sym
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) != 0
7631 || state
!= file_after_symbol_seen
))
7632 cache
->filename
= bfd_asymbol_name (file
);
7634 if (state
== nothing_seen
)
7635 state
= symbol_seen
;
7639 if (cache
->func
== NULL
)
7643 *filename_ptr
= cache
->filename
;
7644 if (functionname_ptr
)
7645 *functionname_ptr
= bfd_asymbol_name (cache
->func
);
7650 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
7651 for error reporting. */
7654 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
,
7658 const char **filename_ptr
,
7659 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7660 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
7661 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
7665 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
7666 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
7667 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
7668 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
7669 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
7671 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7672 elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7673 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7679 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7680 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
))
7682 if (!*functionname_ptr
)
7683 elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7684 *filename_ptr
? NULL
: filename_ptr
,
7690 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7691 &found
, filename_ptr
,
7692 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7693 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->line_info
))
7695 if (found
&& (*functionname_ptr
|| *line_ptr
))
7698 if (symbols
== NULL
)
7701 if (! elf_find_function (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
7702 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
))
7709 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
7712 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
, asymbol
*symbol
,
7713 const char **filename_ptr
, unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7715 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, symbol
, NULL
, 0,
7716 filename_ptr
, NULL
, line_ptr
, NULL
,
7717 dwarf_debug_sections
, 0,
7718 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7721 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
7722 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
7723 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
7724 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
7725 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
7728 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
7729 const char **filename_ptr
,
7730 const char **functionname_ptr
,
7731 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
7734 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
7735 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
7736 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7741 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7743 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7744 int ret
= bed
->s
->sizeof_ehdr
;
7746 if (!info
->relocatable
)
7748 bfd_size_type phdr_size
= elf_program_header_size (abfd
);
7750 if (phdr_size
== (bfd_size_type
) -1)
7752 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
7755 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
7756 phdr_size
+= bed
->s
->sizeof_phdr
;
7759 phdr_size
= get_program_header_size (abfd
, info
);
7762 elf_program_header_size (abfd
) = phdr_size
;
7770 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
,
7772 const void *location
,
7774 bfd_size_type count
)
7776 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
7779 if (! abfd
->output_has_begun
7780 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd
, NULL
))
7783 hdr
= &elf_section_data (section
)->this_hdr
;
7784 pos
= hdr
->sh_offset
+ offset
;
7785 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, pos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
7786 || bfd_bwrite (location
, count
, abfd
) != count
)
7793 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7794 arelent
*cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7795 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7800 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
7803 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*areloc
)
7805 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
7807 if ((*areloc
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->the_bfd
->xvec
!= abfd
->xvec
)
7809 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
;
7810 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7812 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
7813 equivalent ELF reloc. */
7815 if (areloc
->howto
->pc_relative
)
7817 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7820 code
= BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL
;
7823 code
= BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL
;
7826 code
= BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
;
7829 code
= BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL
;
7832 code
= BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
;
7835 code
= BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL
;
7841 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7843 if (areloc
->howto
->pcrel_offset
!= howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7845 if (howto
->pcrel_offset
)
7846 areloc
->addend
+= areloc
->address
;
7848 areloc
->addend
-= areloc
->address
; /* addend is unsigned!! */
7853 switch (areloc
->howto
->bitsize
)
7859 code
= BFD_RELOC_14
;
7862 code
= BFD_RELOC_16
;
7865 code
= BFD_RELOC_26
;
7868 code
= BFD_RELOC_32
;
7871 code
= BFD_RELOC_64
;
7877 howto
= bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd
, code
);
7881 areloc
->howto
= howto
;
7889 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7890 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
7891 abfd
, areloc
->howto
->name
);
7892 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7897 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd
*abfd
)
7899 struct elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
7900 if (bfd_get_format (abfd
) == bfd_object
&& tdata
!= NULL
)
7902 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->o
!= NULL
&& elf_shstrtab (abfd
) != NULL
)
7903 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd
));
7904 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd
, &tdata
->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
7907 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd
);
7910 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
7911 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
7912 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
7915 bfd_reloc_status_type
7916 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
7917 (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7918 struct bfd_symbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7919 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7920 bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7922 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
7925 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
7926 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
7927 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
7928 out details about the corefile. */
7930 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
7931 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
7932 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
7933 # include <sys/procfs.h>
7936 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
7937 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
7940 elfcore_make_pid (bfd
*abfd
)
7944 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
;
7946 pid
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
;
7951 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
7952 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
7953 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
7957 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd
*abfd
, char *name
, asection
*sect
)
7961 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
) != NULL
)
7964 sect2
= bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd
, name
, sect
->flags
);
7968 sect2
->size
= sect
->size
;
7969 sect2
->filepos
= sect
->filepos
;
7970 sect2
->alignment_power
= sect
->alignment_power
;
7974 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
7975 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
7976 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
7977 such a section already exists.
7978 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
7979 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
7980 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
7982 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
7988 char *threaded_name
;
7992 /* Build the section name. */
7994 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%d", name
, elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
7995 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
7996 threaded_name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
7997 if (threaded_name
== NULL
)
7999 memcpy (threaded_name
, buf
, len
);
8001 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, threaded_name
,
8006 sect
->filepos
= filepos
;
8007 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8009 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, name
, sect
);
8012 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8014 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8018 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8021 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8026 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus_t
))
8030 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8031 offset
= offsetof (prstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8032 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8034 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8035 has already been set by another thread. */
8036 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8037 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8038 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8039 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8041 /* pr_who exists on:
8044 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8047 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8048 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8050 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8053 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8054 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (prstatus32_t
))
8056 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8057 prstatus32_t prstat
;
8059 size
= sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
);
8060 offset
= offsetof (prstatus32_t
, pr_reg
);
8061 memcpy (&prstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (prstat
));
8063 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8064 has already been set by another thread. */
8065 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8066 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= prstat
.pr_cursig
;
8067 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
== 0)
8068 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8070 /* pr_who exists on:
8073 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8076 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8077 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_who
;
8079 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= prstat
.pr_pid
;
8082 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8085 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8086 note size (ie. data object type). */
8090 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8091 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
8092 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
8094 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8096 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8098 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd
*abfd
,
8100 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8102 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, name
,
8103 note
->descsz
, note
->descpos
);
8106 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8107 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8108 data structure apart. */
8111 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8113 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8116 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8117 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8121 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8123 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8126 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8127 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8128 contents literally. */
8131 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8133 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xstate", note
);
8137 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8139 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note
);
8143 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8145 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note
);
8149 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8151 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note
);
8155 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8157 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-timer", note
);
8161 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8163 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note
);
8167 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8169 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note
);
8173 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8175 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note
);
8179 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8181 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-prefix", note
);
8185 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8187 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-last-break", note
);
8191 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8193 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-system-call", note
);
8197 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8199 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-s390-tdb", note
);
8203 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8205 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-arm-vfp", note
);
8209 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8211 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-tls", note
);
8215 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8217 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note
);
8221 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8223 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note
);
8226 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8227 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8228 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8229 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8233 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8234 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t
;
8235 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8236 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t
;
8240 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8241 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8242 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8245 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd
*abfd
, char *start
, size_t max
)
8248 char *end
= (char *) memchr (start
, '\0', max
);
8256 dups
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
+ 1);
8260 memcpy (dups
, start
, len
);
8266 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8268 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8270 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t
))
8272 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo
;
8274 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8276 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8277 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8279 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8280 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8281 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8283 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8284 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8285 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8287 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8288 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t
))
8290 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8291 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo
;
8293 memcpy (&psinfo
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (psinfo
));
8295 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8296 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= psinfo
.pr_pid
;
8298 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
8299 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_fname
,
8300 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_fname
));
8302 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8303 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, psinfo
.pr_psargs
,
8304 sizeof (psinfo
.pr_psargs
));
8310 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8311 note size (ie. data object type). */
8315 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8316 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8317 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8320 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
8321 int n
= strlen (command
);
8323 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
8324 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
8329 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
8331 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8333 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8335 if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus_t
)
8336 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
8337 || note
->descsz
== sizeof (pxstatus_t
)
8343 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8345 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8347 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
8348 else if (note
->descsz
== sizeof (pstatus32_t
))
8350 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8353 memcpy (&pstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (pstat
));
8355 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= pstat
.pr_pid
;
8358 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
8359 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
8360 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
8364 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
8366 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8368 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8370 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
8376 if (note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpstat
)
8377 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
8378 && note
->descsz
!= sizeof (lwpxstatus_t
)
8383 memcpy (&lwpstat
, note
->descdata
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
8385 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
;
8386 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
8388 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
== 0)
8389 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= lwpstat
.pr_cursig
;
8391 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8393 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8394 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8395 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8398 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8400 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8404 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8405 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8406 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8407 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
);
8410 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
8411 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
);
8412 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_reg
);
8415 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8417 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8420 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
8422 sprintf (buf
, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd
));
8423 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8424 name
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8427 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8429 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8433 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
8434 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8435 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
8436 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.fpregs
);
8439 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
8440 sect
->size
= sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_fpreg
);
8441 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ offsetof (lwpstatus_t
, pr_fpreg
);
8444 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8446 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg2", sect
);
8448 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
8451 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8458 int is_active_thread
;
8461 if (note
->descsz
< 728)
8464 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note
->namedata
, "win32"))
8467 type
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
);
8471 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
8472 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
8473 /* process_info.pid */
8474 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8475 /* process_info.signal */
8476 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
8479 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
8480 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
8481 /* thread_info.tid */
8482 sprintf (buf
, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8));
8484 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8485 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8489 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8491 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8495 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8497 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
8498 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
+ 12;
8499 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8501 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
8502 is_active_thread
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 8);
8504 if (is_active_thread
)
8505 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".reg", sect
))
8509 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
8510 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
8511 /* module_info.base_address */
8512 base_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 4);
8513 sprintf (buf
, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr
);
8515 len
= strlen (buf
) + 1;
8516 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
8520 memcpy (name
, buf
, len
);
8522 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8527 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8528 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8529 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
8540 elfcore_grok_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8542 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
8550 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
)
8551 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_prstatus
) (abfd
, note
))
8553 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8554 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd
, note
);
8559 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
8561 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8564 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
8566 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd
, note
);
8569 case NT_FPREGSET
: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
8570 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8572 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS
:
8573 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd
, note
);
8575 case NT_PRXFPREG
: /* Linux SSE extension */
8576 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8577 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8578 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd
, note
);
8582 case NT_X86_XSTATE
: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
8583 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8584 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8585 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd
, note
);
8590 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8591 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8592 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd
, note
);
8597 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8598 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8599 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd
, note
);
8603 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
:
8604 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8605 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8606 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, note
);
8611 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8612 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8613 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd
, note
);
8617 case NT_S390_TODCMP
:
8618 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8619 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8620 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd
, note
);
8624 case NT_S390_TODPREG
:
8625 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8626 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8627 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd
, note
);
8632 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8633 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8634 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd
, note
);
8638 case NT_S390_PREFIX
:
8639 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8640 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8641 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd
, note
);
8645 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
:
8646 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8647 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8648 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd
, note
);
8652 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
:
8653 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8654 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8655 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd
, note
);
8660 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8661 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8662 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd
, note
);
8667 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8668 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8669 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd
, note
);
8674 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8675 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8676 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd
, note
);
8680 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
:
8681 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8682 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8683 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, note
);
8687 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
:
8688 if (note
->namesz
== 6
8689 && strcmp (note
->namedata
, "LINUX") == 0)
8690 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, note
);
8696 if (bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
)
8697 if ((*bed
->elf_backend_grok_psinfo
) (abfd
, note
))
8699 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8700 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd
, note
);
8707 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8712 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8713 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8714 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8720 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.file",
8724 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
8730 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8732 struct elf_obj_tdata
*t
;
8734 if (note
->descsz
== 0)
8737 t
= elf_tdata (abfd
);
8738 t
->build_id
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*t
->build_id
) - 1 + note
->descsz
);
8739 if (t
->build_id
== NULL
)
8742 t
->build_id
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8743 memcpy (t
->build_id
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8749 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8756 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID
:
8757 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd
, note
);
8762 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8764 struct sdt_note
*cur
=
8765 (struct sdt_note
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct sdt_note
)
8768 cur
->next
= (struct sdt_note
*) (elf_tdata (abfd
))->sdt_note_head
;
8769 cur
->size
= (bfd_size_type
) note
->descsz
;
8770 memcpy (cur
->data
, note
->descdata
, note
->descsz
);
8772 elf_tdata (abfd
)->sdt_note_head
= cur
;
8778 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8783 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd
, note
);
8791 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, int *lwpidp
)
8795 cp
= strchr (note
->namedata
, '@');
8798 *lwpidp
= atoi(cp
+ 1);
8805 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8807 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8808 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
8809 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8811 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
8812 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
8813 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x50);
8815 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8816 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8817 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x7c, 31);
8819 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
8824 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8828 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note
, &lwp
))
8829 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= lwp
;
8831 if (note
->type
== NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO
)
8833 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
8834 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
8835 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
8836 creates a core file. */
8838 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8841 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
8842 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
8843 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
8846 if (note
->type
< NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
)
8850 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd
))
8852 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
8853 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
8855 case bfd_arch_alpha
:
8856 case bfd_arch_sparc
:
8859 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+0:
8860 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8862 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+2:
8863 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8869 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
8870 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
8875 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+1:
8876 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8878 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH
+3:
8879 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8889 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8891 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
8892 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
8893 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x08);
8895 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
8896 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
8897 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) note
->descdata
+ 0x20);
8899 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
8900 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
8901 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 0x48, 31);
8907 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
8909 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO
)
8910 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd
, note
);
8912 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_REGS
)
8913 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg", note
);
8915 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS
)
8916 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg2", note
);
8918 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS
)
8919 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg-xfp", note
);
8921 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_AUXV
)
8923 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".auxv",
8928 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8929 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8930 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8935 if (note
->type
== NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE
)
8937 asection
*sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".wcookie",
8942 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8943 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8944 sect
->alignment_power
= 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd
) / 32;
8953 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
, long *tid
)
8955 void *ddata
= note
->descdata
;
8962 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
8963 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
);
8965 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
8966 *tid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 4);
8968 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
8969 flags
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 8);
8971 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
8972 if ((sig
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) ddata
+ 14)) > 0)
8974 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= sig
;
8975 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
8978 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
8979 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
8980 thread just in case. */
8981 if (flags
& 0x00000080)
8982 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= *tid
;
8984 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
8985 sprintf (buf
, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid
);
8987 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
8992 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
8996 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
8997 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
8998 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9000 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, ".qnx_core_status", sect
));
9004 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd
*abfd
,
9005 Elf_Internal_Note
*note
,
9013 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9014 sprintf (buf
, "%s/%ld", base
, tid
);
9016 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, strlen (buf
) + 1);
9021 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9025 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9026 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9027 sect
->alignment_power
= 2;
9029 /* This is the current thread. */
9030 if (elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
== tid
)
9031 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd
, base
, sect
);
9036 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9037 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9038 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9039 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9042 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9044 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9045 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9047 static long tid
= 1;
9051 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO
:
9052 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd
, ".qnx_core_info", note
);
9053 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS
:
9054 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd
, note
, &tid
);
9055 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG
:
9056 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg");
9057 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG
:
9058 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd
, note
, tid
, ".reg2");
9065 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
9071 /* Use note name as section name. */
9073 name
= (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd
, len
);
9076 memcpy (name
, note
->namedata
, len
);
9077 name
[len
- 1] = '\0';
9079 sect
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, name
, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
);
9083 sect
->size
= note
->descsz
;
9084 sect
->filepos
= note
->descpos
;
9085 sect
->alignment_power
= 1;
9090 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9093 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9097 size of data for note
9099 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9100 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9101 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9102 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9105 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9108 elfcore_write_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9116 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
;
9123 namesz
= strlen (name
) + 1;
9125 newspace
= 12 + ((namesz
+ 3) & -4) + ((size
+ 3) & -4);
9127 buf
= (char *) realloc (buf
, *bufsiz
+ newspace
);
9130 dest
= buf
+ *bufsiz
;
9131 *bufsiz
+= newspace
;
9132 xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) dest
;
9133 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, namesz
, xnp
->namesz
);
9134 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, size
, xnp
->descsz
);
9135 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, type
, xnp
->type
);
9139 memcpy (dest
, name
, namesz
);
9147 memcpy (dest
, input
, size
);
9158 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd
*abfd
,
9164 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9166 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9169 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9170 NT_PRPSINFO
, fname
, psargs
);
9175 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9176 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9177 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9179 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9181 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9184 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9187 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9188 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9189 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9190 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9191 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9196 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9198 int note_type
= NT_PSINFO
;
9201 int note_type
= NT_PRPSINFO
;
9204 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9205 strncpy (data
.pr_fname
, fname
, sizeof (data
.pr_fname
));
9206 strncpy (data
.pr_psargs
, psargs
, sizeof (data
.pr_psargs
));
9207 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9208 "CORE", note_type
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9210 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9217 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9218 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9219 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9221 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data
;
9223 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9224 LINUX_PRPSINFO32_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9226 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
,
9227 &data
, sizeof (data
));
9231 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9232 (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9233 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo
*prpsinfo
)
9235 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data
;
9237 memset (&data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
9238 LINUX_PRPSINFO64_SWAP_FIELDS (abfd
, prpsinfo
, data
);
9240 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9241 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO
, &data
, sizeof (data
));
9245 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9252 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9254 if (bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
!= NULL
)
9257 ret
= (*bed
->elf_backend_write_core_note
) (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9259 pid
, cursig
, gregs
);
9264 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9265 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9266 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9268 prstatus32_t prstat
;
9270 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9271 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9272 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9273 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9274 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9275 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9282 memset (&prstat
, 0, sizeof (prstat
));
9283 prstat
.pr_pid
= pid
;
9284 prstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9285 memcpy (&prstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (prstat
.pr_reg
));
9286 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, "CORE",
9287 NT_PRSTATUS
, &prstat
, sizeof (prstat
));
9289 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9295 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9297 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9304 lwpstatus_t lwpstat
;
9305 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9307 memset (&lwpstat
, 0, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9308 lwpstat
.pr_lwpid
= pid
>> 16;
9309 lwpstat
.pr_cursig
= cursig
;
9310 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9311 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_reg
, gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_reg
));
9312 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9314 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
,
9315 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.gregs
));
9317 memcpy (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
,
9318 gregs
, sizeof (lwpstat
.pr_context
.uc_mcontext
.__gregs
));
9321 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9322 NT_LWPSTATUS
, &lwpstat
, sizeof (lwpstat
));
9324 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
9326 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9328 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd
*abfd
,
9332 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9333 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9335 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9336 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9337 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9339 if (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS32
)
9343 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9344 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9345 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9346 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9354 memset (&pstat
, 0, sizeof (pstat
));
9355 pstat
.pr_pid
= pid
& 0xffff;
9356 buf
= elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, note_name
,
9357 NT_PSTATUS
, &pstat
, sizeof (pstat
));
9361 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
9364 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9370 const char *note_name
= "CORE";
9371 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9372 note_name
, NT_FPREGSET
, fpregs
, size
);
9376 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9379 const void *xfpregs
,
9382 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9383 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9384 note_name
, NT_PRXFPREG
, xfpregs
, size
);
9388 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
,
9389 const void *xfpregs
, int size
)
9391 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9392 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9393 note_name
, NT_X86_XSTATE
, xfpregs
, size
);
9397 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd
*abfd
,
9400 const void *ppc_vmx
,
9403 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9404 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9405 note_name
, NT_PPC_VMX
, ppc_vmx
, size
);
9409 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd
*abfd
,
9412 const void *ppc_vsx
,
9415 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9416 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9417 note_name
, NT_PPC_VSX
, ppc_vsx
, size
);
9421 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd
*abfd
,
9424 const void *s390_high_gprs
,
9427 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9428 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9429 note_name
, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS
,
9430 s390_high_gprs
, size
);
9434 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd
*abfd
,
9437 const void *s390_timer
,
9440 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9441 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9442 note_name
, NT_S390_TIMER
, s390_timer
, size
);
9446 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd
*abfd
,
9449 const void *s390_todcmp
,
9452 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9453 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9454 note_name
, NT_S390_TODCMP
, s390_todcmp
, size
);
9458 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd
*abfd
,
9461 const void *s390_todpreg
,
9464 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9465 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9466 note_name
, NT_S390_TODPREG
, s390_todpreg
, size
);
9470 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd
*abfd
,
9473 const void *s390_ctrs
,
9476 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9477 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9478 note_name
, NT_S390_CTRS
, s390_ctrs
, size
);
9482 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd
*abfd
,
9485 const void *s390_prefix
,
9488 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9489 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9490 note_name
, NT_S390_PREFIX
, s390_prefix
, size
);
9494 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9497 const void *s390_last_break
,
9500 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9501 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9502 note_name
, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK
,
9503 s390_last_break
, size
);
9507 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd
*abfd
,
9510 const void *s390_system_call
,
9513 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9514 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9515 note_name
, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL
,
9516 s390_system_call
, size
);
9520 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd
*abfd
,
9523 const void *s390_tdb
,
9526 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9527 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9528 note_name
, NT_S390_TDB
, s390_tdb
, size
);
9532 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd
*abfd
,
9535 const void *arm_vfp
,
9538 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9539 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9540 note_name
, NT_ARM_VFP
, arm_vfp
, size
);
9544 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd
*abfd
,
9547 const void *aarch_tls
,
9550 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9551 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9552 note_name
, NT_ARM_TLS
, aarch_tls
, size
);
9556 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd
*abfd
,
9559 const void *aarch_hw_break
,
9562 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9563 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9564 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK
, aarch_hw_break
, size
);
9568 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd
*abfd
,
9571 const void *aarch_hw_watch
,
9574 char *note_name
= "LINUX";
9575 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
9576 note_name
, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH
, aarch_hw_watch
, size
);
9580 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd
*abfd
,
9583 const char *section
,
9587 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg2") == 0)
9588 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9589 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
9590 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9591 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
9592 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9593 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
9594 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9595 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
9596 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9597 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
9598 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9599 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
9600 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9601 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
9602 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9603 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
9604 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9605 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
9606 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9607 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
9608 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9609 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
9610 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9611 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
9612 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9613 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
9614 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9615 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
9616 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9617 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
9618 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9619 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
9620 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9621 if (strcmp (section
, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
9622 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
, data
, size
);
9627 elf_parse_notes (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, size_t size
, file_ptr offset
)
9632 while (p
< buf
+ size
)
9634 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
9635 Elf_External_Note
*xnp
= (Elf_External_Note
*) p
;
9636 Elf_Internal_Note in
;
9638 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note
, name
) > buf
- p
+ size
)
9641 in
.type
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->type
);
9643 in
.namesz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->namesz
);
9644 in
.namedata
= xnp
->name
;
9645 if (in
.namesz
> buf
- in
.namedata
+ size
)
9648 in
.descsz
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, xnp
->descsz
);
9649 in
.descdata
= in
.namedata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.namesz
, 4);
9650 in
.descpos
= offset
+ (in
.descdata
- buf
);
9652 && (in
.descdata
>= buf
+ size
9653 || in
.descsz
> buf
- in
.descdata
+ size
))
9656 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd
))
9662 if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "NetBSD-CORE"))
9664 if (! elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9667 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "OpenBSD"))
9669 if (! elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (abfd
, &in
))
9672 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "QNX"))
9674 if (! elfcore_grok_nto_note (abfd
, &in
))
9677 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (in
.namedata
, "SPU/"))
9679 if (! elfcore_grok_spu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9684 if (! elfcore_grok_note (abfd
, &in
))
9690 if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "GNU") == 0)
9692 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd
, &in
))
9695 else if (in
.namesz
== sizeof "stapsdt"
9696 && strcmp (in
.namedata
, "stapsdt") == 0)
9698 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd
, &in
))
9704 p
= in
.descdata
+ BFD_ALIGN (in
.descsz
, 4);
9711 elf_read_notes (bfd
*abfd
, file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type size
)
9718 if (bfd_seek (abfd
, offset
, SEEK_SET
) != 0)
9721 buf
= (char *) bfd_malloc (size
);
9725 if (bfd_bread (buf
, size
, abfd
) != size
9726 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd
, buf
, size
, offset
))
9736 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
9738 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
9739 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
9740 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9743 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd
*abfd
)
9745 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9747 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9751 return elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
);
9754 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
9755 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
9756 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
9757 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
9759 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
9760 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
9763 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd
*abfd
, void *phdrs
)
9767 if (abfd
->xvec
->flavour
!= bfd_target_elf_flavour
)
9769 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
9773 num_phdrs
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_phnum
;
9774 memcpy (phdrs
, elf_tdata (abfd
)->phdr
,
9775 num_phdrs
* sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr
));
9780 enum elf_reloc_type_class
9781 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9782 const asection
*rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9783 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
9785 return reloc_class_normal
;
9788 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
9789 relocation against a local symbol. */
9792 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9793 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9795 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9797 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9800 relocation
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
9801 + sec
->output_offset
9803 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
9804 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
9805 && sec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9808 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9809 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9810 sym
->st_value
+ rel
->r_addend
);
9813 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
9814 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
9815 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
9816 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
9817 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
9818 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) != 0)
9819 sec
->kept_section
= *psec
;
9822 rel
->r_addend
-= relocation
;
9823 rel
->r_addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
9829 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd
*abfd
,
9830 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
9834 asection
*sec
= *psec
;
9836 if (sec
->sec_info_type
!= SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
9837 return sym
->st_value
+ addend
;
9839 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, psec
,
9840 elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9841 sym
->st_value
+ addend
);
9845 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd
*abfd
,
9846 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9850 switch (sec
->sec_info_type
)
9852 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS
:
9853 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec
, elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
,
9855 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
:
9856 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd
, info
, sec
, offset
);
9858 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY
) != 0)
9860 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9861 bfd_size_type address_size
= bed
->s
->arch_size
/ 8;
9862 offset
= sec
->size
- offset
- address_size
;
9868 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
9869 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
9870 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
9871 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
9872 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
9873 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
9875 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
9876 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
9877 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
9878 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
9879 the remote memory. */
9882 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
9887 int (*target_read_memory
) (bfd_vma
, bfd_byte
*, bfd_size_type
))
9889 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ
)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory
)
9890 (templ
, ehdr_vma
, size
, loadbasep
, target_read_memory
);
9894 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
9895 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9896 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
9901 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
9904 const char *relplt_name
;
9905 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
9909 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
9915 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
9918 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
9921 if (!bed
->plt_sym_val
)
9924 relplt_name
= bed
->relplt_name
;
9925 if (relplt_name
== NULL
)
9926 relplt_name
= bed
->rela_plts_and_copies_p
? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
9927 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, relplt_name
);
9931 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
9932 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
)
9933 || (hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
&& hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_RELA
))
9936 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
9940 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
9941 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
9944 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9945 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
9946 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9947 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9949 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
9953 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed
->s
->elfclass
== ELFCLASS64
);
9955 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
9960 s
= *ret
= (asymbol
*) bfd_malloc (size
);
9964 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
);
9965 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
9967 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
9972 addr
= bed
->plt_sym_val (i
, plt
, p
);
9973 if (addr
== (bfd_vma
) -1)
9976 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
9977 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
9978 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
9979 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
9980 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
9981 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
9983 s
->value
= addr
- plt
->vma
;
9986 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
9987 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
9993 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
9994 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
9995 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, buf
, p
->addend
);
9996 for (a
= buf
; *a
== '0'; ++a
)
9999 memcpy (names
, a
, len
);
10002 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10003 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
10010 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10011 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10012 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section
,
10013 SEC_IS_COMMON
, NULL
, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10016 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd
* abfd
,
10017 struct bfd_link_info
* link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
10019 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
* i_ehdrp
; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10021 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
10023 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_osabi
;
10025 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10026 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10027 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10028 if (i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10029 && elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_gnu_symbols
)
10030 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_OSABI
] = ELFOSABI_GNU
;
10034 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10035 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10036 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10039 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type
)
10041 return (type
== STT_FUNC
10042 || type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
);
10045 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10046 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10047 otherwise return zero. */
10050 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol
*sym
, asection
*sec
,
10053 bfd_size_type size
;
10055 if ((sym
->flags
& (BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_FILE
| BSF_OBJECT
10056 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL
| BSF_RELC
| BSF_SRELC
)) != 0
10057 || sym
->section
!= sec
)
10060 *code_off
= sym
->value
;
10062 if (!(sym
->flags
& BSF_SYNTHETIC
))
10063 size
= ((elf_symbol_type
*) sym
)->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;